Philips QFU2.1E Schematic

Page 1
Colour Television Chassis
QFU2.1E
LA

Contents Page Contents Page

1. Revision List 2
2. Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections2
3. Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List 6
4. Mechanical Instructions 10
5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding 25
6. Alignments 44
7. Circuit Descriptions 48
9. Block Diagrams 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 32" 57
6000 series, 2 siede AmbiLight 37" 58 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 42" 59 6000 series, 3 sided AmbiLight 42" 60 Infinity series, 2 sided AmbiLight 42" 61 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 47" 62 6000 series, 3 sided AmbiLight 47" 63 Infinity series, 2 sided AmbiLight 47" 64 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 55" 65 Block Diagram Video 66 Block Diagram Audio 67 Block Diagram Control & Clock Signals 68 Block Diagram I2C 69 Supply Lines Overview 70
10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts Drawing Power Supply Unit with Integrated LED Driver
Power Supply Unit with Integrated LED Driver 72 Layout top 73 Layout bottom 74 A01, PSL 75 Layout top 76 Layout bottom 77 A01, PSL 78 Layout top 79 Layout bottom 80 B01A, Connectors and protections 81 B02A, Tuner-channel decoder 87 B03A, LVDS fanout 89 B04A, Control 95 B05A, Class-D amplifier 104 B05B, Analogue externals 105 B06A, HDMI 106 B07A, LPC debug 124 Layout top 133 Layout bottom 134 Sensor board 135 Sensor board 137
71
Infinity sensor module 139 Keyboard control panel 143 AL1,16 LED Everlight single spectra 144 AL1,13 LED Everlight single spectra 147 AL1,12 LED Everlight single spectra 150 AL1, 10 LED Everlight single spectra 152 AL1,9 LED Everlight single spectra 155 AL1,7 LED Everlight single spectra 157
11. Styling Sheets 6000 series 32" 159
6000 series 37" 160 6000 series 42" 161 Infinity series 42" 162 6000 series 47" 163 Infinity series 47" 164 6000 series 55" 165
Published by ER/TY 1270 Quality Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 19283
2012-Oct-12
2012 ©
TP Vision Netherlands B.V.
All rights reserved. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Trademarks are the property of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. or their respective owners. TP Vision Netherlands B.V. reserves the right to change products at any time without being obliged to adjust earlier supplies accordingly. PHILIPS and the PHILIPS’ Shield Emblem are used under license from Koninklijke Phili ps Electronics N.V.
Page 2
EN 2 QFU2.1E LA1.

1. Revision List

Manual xxxx xxx xxxx.0
First release.
Revision List
Manual xxxx xxx xxxx.2
Chapter 2: Table 2-1
updated (added CTNs).
Manual xxxx xxx xxxx.1
Chapter 4: added additional LVDS cable handling info; see section 4.3.2
.
Chapter 5: added white tone alignment values; see section
.
6.3.1
Manual xxxx xxx xxxx.3
Chapter 10: added PSU schematics; see section 10-0-1
Chapter 11: added styling sheets Infinity models 42" and 47" sets; see sheets 11.4
and 11.6.

2. Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections

Index of this chapter:

2.1 Technical Specifications

2.2 Directions for Use
2.3 Connections
2.4 Chassis Overview
Notes:
Figures can deviate due to the different set executions.
Specifications are indicative (subject to change).

Table 2-1 Described Model Numbers and Diversity

24 79 10 11
Mechanics Descr. Block Diagrams Schematics Styling
2.1 Technical Specifications
For on-line product support please use the CTN links in Table
2-1. Here is product information available, as well as getting
started, user manuals, frequently asked questions and software & drivers.
.
CTN
32PFL6007H/12 2.3 4-1 4.3 7.2 9.1 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.16 11.1 32PFL6007K/12 2.3 4-1 4.3 7.2 9.1 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.16 11.1 32PFL6007T/12 2.3 4-1 4.3 7.2 9.1 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.16 11.1 32PFL6087H/12 2.3 4-1 4.3 7.2 9.1 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.16 11.1 32PFL6087K/12 2.3 4-1 4.3 7.2 9.1 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.16 11.1 32PFL6087T/12 2.3 4-1 4.3 7.2 9.1 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.2 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.16 11.1 37PFL6007H/60 2.3 4-3 4.3 7.2 9.2 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.15 11.2 37PFL6007H/12 2.3 4-3 4.3 7.2 9.2 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.15 11.2 37PFL6007K/12 2.3 4-3 4.3 7.2 9.2 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.15 11.2 37PFL6007T/12 2.3 4-3 4.3 7.2 9.2 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.15 11.2 37PFL6777H/12 2.3 4-3 4.3 7.2 9.2 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.3 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.15 11.2 37PFL6777K/12 2.3 4-3 4.3 7.2 9.2 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.3 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.15 11.2 42PDL6907H/12 2.3 4-5 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.7 10.9 10.12 11.3 42PDL6907K/12 2.3 4-5 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.7 10.9 10.12 11.3 42PDL6907T/12 2.3 4-5 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.7 10.9 10.12 11.3 42PFL6007H/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6007H/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6007K/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6007T/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6007T/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6057H/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6057H/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6057K/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6057T/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6057T/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6067H/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6067H/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6067K/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6067T/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6067T/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6097H/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6097H/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6097K/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6097T/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6097T/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.3 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6687H/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3
2012-Oct-12
Connection Overview
Wire Dressing
Dressing
Assembly Removal
Power Supply
Wiring Diagram
Video
back to
div. table
Audio
Control & Clock
I2C
Supply lines
Power Supply
SSB
J (Sensor Board)
E (Keyboard/Leading Edge)
AL (Ambilight)
Sheet
Page 3
Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections
24 79 10 11
Mechanics Descr. Block Diagrams Schematics Styling
EN 3QFU2.1E LA 2.
CTN
42PFL6687H/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6687K/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6687T/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6877H/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6877H/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6877K/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6877T/12 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 42PFL6877T/60 2.3 4-7 4.3 7.2 9.4 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.14 11.3 47PDL6907H/12 2.3 4-10 4.3 7.2 9.8 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.7 10.9 10.12 11.5 47PDL6907K/12 2.3 4-10 4.3 7.2 9.8 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.7 10.9 10.12 11.5 47PDL6907T/12 2.3 4-10 4.3 7.2 9.8 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.7 10.9 10.12 11.5 47PFL6007H/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6007H/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6007K/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6007T/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6007T/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6057H/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6057H/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6057K/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6057T/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6057T/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6067H/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6067H/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6067K/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6067T/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6067T/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6097H/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6097H/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6097K/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6097T/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6097T/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.6 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.5 10.8 10.13 11.5 47PFL6687H/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6687H/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6687K/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6687T/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6877H/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6877H/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6877K/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6877T/12 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
47PFL6877T/60 2.3 4-12 4.3 7.2 9.7 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 - 10.4 10.6 10.8 10.12
55PFL6007H/12 2.3 4-15 4.3 7.2 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.10 10.12 11.7 55PFL6007K/12 2.3 4-15 4.3 7.2 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.10 10.12 11.7 55PFL6007T/12 2.3 4-15 4.3 7.2 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.10 10.12 11.7 55PFL6097H/12 2.3 4-15 4.3 7.2 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.10 10.12 11.7 55PFL6097K/12 2.3 4-15 4.3 7.2 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.10 10.12 11.7 55PFL6097T/12 2.3 4-15 4.3 7.2 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 10.1 10.4 10.5 10.10 10.12 11.7
Connection Overview
Wire Dressing
Dressing
Assembly Removal
Power Supply
Wiring Diagram
Video
Audio
Control & Clock
I2C
Supply lines
Power Supply
SSB
J (Sensor Board)
E (Keyboard/Leading Edge)
AL (Ambilight)
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
11.5
10.11
Sheet

2.2 Directions for Use

You can download this information from the following websites:
http://www.philips.com/support http://www.p4c.philips.com
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 4
EN 4 QFU2.1E LA2.
REAR CONNECTORS
BOTTOM REAR CONNECTORS
SIDE CONNECTORS
HDMI 4
DIGITAL
AUDIO OUT
(OPTICAL)
USB 3
USB 2
CI
NETWORK L/RY/Pb/Pr
SERV.U
AUDIO IN
DVI/VGA
VGA SCAR T 75
(RGB/CVBS)
USB 1 ( 1) (2) ( 3)
HDMI
TV ANTENNA
19280_097_120503.eps
120503
6 7 8 10 11 11 11
3 51 4
2
12
13
10
10
11
14
1 2 3 4
10000_022_090121.eps
090121
10000_017_090121.eps
090428
19
1
18 2

2.3 Connections

Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections
Note: The following connector colour abbreviations are used (acc. to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy= Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.

2.3.1 Connections

1 - USB2.0
1-+5V k 2 -Data (-) jk 3 -Data (+) jk 4 -Ground Gnd H
2012-Oct-12
Figure 2-2 USB (type A)

Figure 2-1 Connection overview

2- HDMI 1, 2, 3, 4: Digital Video - In, Digital Audio with ARC
- In/Out
1 -D2+ Data channel j 2 -Shield Gnd H 3 -D2- Data channel j 4 -D1+ Data channel j 5 -Shield Gnd H 6 -D1- Data channel j 7 -D0+ Data channel j 8 -Shield Gnd H 9 -D0- Data channel j 10 - CLK+ Data channel j 11 - Shield Gnd H 12 - CLK- Data channel j 13 - Easylink/CEC Control channel jk 14 - ARC Audio Return Channel k 15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock j 16 - DDC_SDA DDC data jk 17 - Ground Gnd H
back to
div. table
18 - +5V j
Figure 2-3 HDMI (type A) connector
Page 5
Technical Specifications, Diversity, and Connections
1
6
10
11
5
15
10000_002_090121.eps
090127
EN 5QFU2.1E LA 2.
19 - HPD Hot Plug Detect j 20 - Ground Gnd H
3 - Cinch: S/PDIF - Out
Bk -Coaxial 0.4 - 0.6V
/ 75 ohm kq
PP
4 - Head phone (Output)
Bk -Head phone 32 - 600 ohm / 10 mW ot
5 - Common Interface
68p- See Figure 10-4-47
B07D, Common interface jk
6 - Video RGB - In, CVBS - In/Out, Audio - In/Out (optional via break-out cable)
20
21
10000_001_090121.eps
2
1
090121
Figure 2-4 SCART connector
1 -Audio R 0.5 V 2 -Audio R 0.5 V 3 -Audio L 0.5 V 4 -Ground Audio Gnd H
/ 1 kohm k
RMS
/ 10 kohm j
RMS
/ 1 kohm k
RMS
5 -Ground Blue Gnd H 6 -Audio L 0.5 V 7 -Video Blue 0.7 V
/ 10 kohm j
RMS
/ 75 ohm jk
PP
8 -Function Select 0 - 2 V: INT
4.5 - 7 V: EXT 16:9
9.5 - 12 V: EXT 4:3 j 9 -Ground Green Gnd H 10 - n.c. 11 - Video Green 0.7 V
/ 75 ohm j
PP
12 - n.c. 13 - Ground Red Gnd H 14 - Ground P50 Gnd H 15 - Video Red 0.7 V 16 - Status/FBL 0 - 0.4 V: INT
/ 75 ohm j
PP
1 - 3 V: EXT / 75 ohm j 17 - Ground Video Gnd H 18 - Ground FBL Gnd H 19 - Video CVBS/Y 1 V 20 - Video CVBS 1 V 21 - Shield Gnd H
/ 75 ohm k
PP
/ 75 ohm j
PP
7 - RJ45: Ethernet
10000_025_090121.eps
120320
1 -TD+ Transmit signal k 2 -TD- Transmit signal k 3 -RD+ Receive signal j 4 -CT Centre Tap: DC level fixation 5 -CT Centre Tap: DC level fixation 6 -RD- Receive signal j 7 -GND Gnd H 8 -GND Gnd H
8 - Cinch: Video YPbPr - In, Audio - In (optional via break­out cable)
Gn -Video Y 1 V Bu -Video Pb 0.7 V Rd - Video Pr 0.7 V Rd - Audio - R 0.5 V Wh -Audio - L 0.5 V
/ 75 ohm jq
PP
/ 75 ohm jq
PP
/ 75 ohm jq
PP
/ 10 kohm jq
RMS
/ 10 kohm jq
RMS
9 - VGA: Video RGB - In
Figure 2-6 VGA Connector
1 -Video Red 0.7 V 2 -Video Green 0.7 V 3 -Video Blue 0.7 V
/ 75 ohm j
PP
/ 75 ohm j
PP
/ 75 ohm j
PP
4-n.c. 5 -Ground Gnd H 6 -Ground Red Gnd H 7 -Ground Green Gnd H 8 -Ground Blue Gnd H 9-+5V
+5 V j
DC
10 - Ground Sync Gnd H 11 - n.c. 12 - DDC_SDA DDC data j 13 - H-sync 0 - 5 V j 14 - V-sync 0 - 5 V j 15 - DDC_SCL DDC clock j
10 - Cinch: Audio - In (VGA/DVI)
Rd - Audio R 0.5 V Wh -Audio L 0.5 V
/ 10 kohm jq
RMS
/ 10 kohm jq
RMS
11 - Aerial - In
- -IEC-type (EU) Coax, 75 ohm D
12 - Service Connector (UART)
1 -Ground Gnd H 2 -UART_TX Transmit k 3 -UART_RX Receive j

2.4 Chassis Overview

Figure 2-5 Ethernet connector
Refer to chapter Block Diagrams for PWB/CBA locations.
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 6
EN 6 QFU2.1E LA3.
Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

3. Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List

Index of this chapter:

3.1 Safety Instructions

3.2 Warnings

3.3 Notes

3.4 Abbreviation List
3.1 Safety Instructions
Safety regulations require the following during a repair:
Connect the set to the Mains/AC Power via an isolation transformer (> 800 VA).
Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h, only by components identical to the original ones. Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard.
Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be returned in its original condition. Pay in particular attention to the following points:
Route the wire trees correctly and fix them with the mounted cable clamps.
Check the insulation of the Mains/AC Power lead for external damage.
Check the strain relief of the Mains/AC Power cord for proper function.
Check the electrical DC resistance between the Mains/AC Power plug and the secondary side (only for sets that have a Mains/AC Power isolated power supply):
1. Unplug the Mains/AC Power cord and connect a wire
between the two pins of the Mains/AC Power plug.
2. Set the Mains/AC Power switch to the “on” position
(keep the Mains/AC Power cord unplugged!).
3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the
Mains/AC Power plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the aerial connection on the set. The reading should be between 4.5 M and 12 M.
4. Switch “off” the set, and remove the wire between the
two pins of the Mains/AC Power plug.
Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent touching of any inner parts by the customer.
3.2 Warnings
All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD w). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that, during repair, you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this same potential.
Be careful during measurements in the high voltage section.
Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched “on”.
When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.
3.3 Notes

3.3.1 General

Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the chassis (= tuner) ground (H), or hot ground (I), depending on the tested area of circuitry. The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode with a colour bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3 kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for NTSC (channel 3).
Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages with (D) and without (E) aerial signal. Measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (G) and in stand-by (F). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.
2012-Oct-12

3.3.2 Schematic Notes

All resistor values are in ohms, and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2 indicates 2.2 k).
Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an “E” or an “R” (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 ).
All capacitor values are given in micro-farads (10 nano-farads (n 10
Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).
An “asterisk” (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values.
The correct component values are listed on the Philips Spare Parts Web Portal.

3.3.3 Spare Parts

For the latest spare part overview, consult your Philips Spare Part web portal.

3.3.4 BGA (Ball Grid Array) ICs

Introduction
For more information on how to handle BGA devices, visit this URL: http://www.atyourservice-magazine.com “Magazine”, then go to “Repair downloads”. Here you will find Information on how to deal with BGA-ICs.
BGA Temperature Profiles
For BGA-ICs, you must use the correct temperature-profile. Where applicable and available, this profile is added to the IC Data Sheet information section in this manual.

3.3.5 Lead-free Soldering

Due to lead-free technology some rules have to be respected by the workshop during a repair:
Use only lead-free soldering tin. If lead-free solder paste is required, please contact the manufacturer of your soldering equipment. In general, use of solder paste within workshops should be avoided because paste is not easy to store and to handle.
Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free soldering tin. The solder tool must be able: – To reach a solder-tip temperature of at least 400°C. – To stabilize the adjusted temperature at the solder-tip. – To exchange solder-tips for different applications.
Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature of around 360°C - 380°C is reached and stabilized at the solder joint. Heating time of the solder-joint should not exceed ~ 4 sec. Avoid temperatures above 400°C, otherwise wear-out of tips will increase drastically and flux-fluid will be destroyed. To avoid wear-out of tips, switch “off” unused equipment or reduce heat.
Mix of lead-free soldering tin/parts with leaded soldering tin/parts is possible but PHILIPS recommends strongly to avoid mixed regimes. If this cannot be avoided, carefully clear the solder-joint from old tin and re-solder with new tin.

3.3.6 Alternative BOM identification

It should be noted that on the European Service website, “Alternative BOM” is referred to as “Design variant”.
The third digit in the serial number (example: AG2B0335000001) indicates the number of the alternative B.O.M. (Bill Of Materials) that has been used for producing the specific TV set. In general, it is possible that the same TV model on the market is produced with e.g. two different types of displays, coming from two different suppliers. This will then
back to
div. table
-9
), or pico-farads (p 10
. Select
-12
-6
),
).
Page 7
Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List
10000_053_110228.eps
110228
EN 7QFU2.1E LA 3.
result in sets which have the same CTN (Commercial Type Number; e.g. 28PW9515/12) but which have a different B.O.M. number. By looking at the third digit of the serial number, one can identify which B.O.M. is used for the TV set he is working with. If the third digit of the serial number contains the number “1” (example: AG1B033500001), then the TV set has been manufactured according to B.O.M. number 1. If the third digit is a “2” (example: AG2B0335000001), then the set has been produced according to B.O.M. no. 2. This is important for ordering the correct spare parts! For the third digit, the numbers 1...9 and the characters A...Z can be used, so in total: 9 plus 26= 35 different B.O.M.s can be indicated by the third digit of the serial number.
Identification: The bottom line of a type plate gives a 14-digit serial number. Digits 1 and 2 refer to the production centre (e.g. SN is Lysomice, RJ is Kobierzyce), digit 3 refers to the B.O.M. code, digit 4 refers to the Service version change code, digits 5 and 6 refer to the production year, and digits 7 and 8 refer to production week (in example below it is 2010 week 10 / 2010 week 17). The 6 last digits contain the serial number.
Figure 3-1 Serial number (example)

3.3.7 Board Level Repair (BLR) or Component Level Repair (CLR)

If a board is defective, consult your repair procedure to decide if the board has to be exchanged or if it should be repaired on component level. If your repair procedure says the board should be exchanged completely, do not solder on the defective board. Otherwise, it cannot be returned to the O.E.M. supplier for back charging!

3.3.8 Practical Service Precautions

It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.
While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.
Always respect voltages. While some may not be
dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.

3.4 Abbreviation List

0/6/12 SCART switch control signal on A/V
board. 0 = loop through (AUX to TV),
6 = play 16 : 9 format, 12 = play 4 : 3 format
AARA Automatic Aspect Ratio Adaptation:
algorithm that adapts aspect ratio to remove horizontal black bars; keeps the original aspect ratio
ACI Automatic Channel Installation:
algorithm that installs TV channels directly from a cable network by
means of a predefined TXT page ADC Analogue to Digital Converter AFC Automatic Frequency Control: control
signal used to tune to the correct
frequency AGC Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that
controls the video input of the feature
box AM Amplitude Modulation AP Asia Pacific AR Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9 ASF Auto Screen Fit: algorithm that adapts
aspect ratio to remove horizontal black
bars without discarding video
information ATSC Advanced Television Systems
Committee, the digital TV standard in
the USA ATV See Auto TV Auto TV A hardware and software control
system that measures picture content,
and adapts image parameters in a
dynamic way AV External Audio Video AVC Audio Video Controller AVIP Audio Video Input Processor B/G Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 5.5 MHz BDS Business Display Solutions (iTV) BLR Board-Level Repair BTSC Broadcast Television Standard
Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound
system, originating from the USA and
used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC
countries B-TXT Blue TeleteXT C Centre channel (audio) CEC Consumer Electronics Control bus:
remote control bus on HDMI
connections CL Constant Level: audio output to
connect with an external amplifier CLR Component Level Repair ComPair Computer aided rePair CP Connected Planet / Copy Protection CSM Customer Service Mode CTI Color Transient Improvement:
manipulates steepness of chroma
transients CVBS Composite Video Blanking and
Synchronization DAC Digital to Analogue Converter DBE Dynamic Bass Enhancement: extra
low frequency amplification DCM Data Communication Module. Also
referred to as System Card or
Smartcard (for iTV). DDC See “E-DDC” D/K Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz DFI Dynamic Frame Insertion DFU Directions For Use: owner's manual DMR Digital Media Reader: card reader DMSD Digital Multi Standard Decoding DNM Digital Natural Motion
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 8
EN 8 QFU2.1E LA3.
Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List
DNR Digital Noise Reduction: noise
reduction feature of the set DRAM Dynamic RAM DRM Digital Rights Management DSP Digital Signal Processing DST Dealer Service Tool: special remote
control designed for service
technicians DTCP Digital Transmission Content
Protection; A protocol for protecting
digital audio/video content that is
traversing a high speed serial bus,
such as IEEE-1394 DVB-C Digital Video Broadcast - Cable DVB-T Digital Video Broadcast - Terrestrial DVD Digital Versatile Disc DVI(-d) Digital Visual Interface (d= digital only) E-DDC Enhanced Display Data Channel
(VESA standard for communication
channel and display). Using E-DDC,
the video source can read the EDID
information form the display. EDID Extended Display Identification Data
(VESA standard) EEPROM Electrically Erasable and
Programmable Read Only Memory EMI Electro Magnetic Interference EPG Electronic Program Guide EPLD Erasable Programmable Logic Device EU Europe EXT EXTernal (source), entering the set by
SCART or by cinches (jacks) FDS Full Dual Screen (same as FDW) FDW Full Dual Window (same as FDS) FLASH FLASH memory FM Field Memory or Frequency
Modulation FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array FTV Flat TeleVision Gb/s Giga bits per second G-TXT Green TeleteXT H H_sync to the module HD High Definition HDD Hard Disk Drive HDCP High-bandwidth Digital Content
Protection: A “key” encoded into the
HDMI/DVI signal that prevents video
data piracy. If a source is HDCP coded
and connected via HDMI/DVI without
the proper HDCP decoding, the
picture is put into a “snow vision” mode
or changed to a low resolution. For
normal content distribution the source
and the display device must be
enabled for HDCP “software key”
decoding. HDMI High Definition Multimedia Interface HP HeadPhone I Monochrome TV system. Sound
2
C Inter IC bus
I
2
I
D Inter IC Data bus
2
S Inter IC Sound bus
I
carrier distance is 6.0 MHz
IF Intermediate Frequency IR Infra Red IRQ Interrupt Request ITU-656 The ITU Radio communication Sector
(ITU-R) is a standards body
subcommittee of the International
Telecommunication Union relating to
radio communication. ITU-656 (a.k.a.
SDI), is a digitized video format used
for broadcast grade video.
Uncompressed digital component or
digital composite signals can be used.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
The SDI signal is self-synchronizing, uses 8 bit or 10 bit data words, and has a maximum data rate of 270 Mbit/s, with a minimum bandwidth of 135 MHz.
iTV Institutional TeleVision; TV sets for
hotels, hospitals etc.
LS Last Status; The settings last chosen
by the customer and read and stored in RAM or in the NVM. They are called at start-up of the set to configure it according to the customer's
preferences LATAM Latin America LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode L/L' Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band
I, L is all bands except for Band I LPL LG.Philips LCD (supplier) LS Loudspeaker LVDS Low Voltage Differential Signalling Mbps Mega bits per second M/N Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 4.5 MHz MHEG Part of a set of international standards
related to the presentation of
multimedia information, standardised
by the Multimedia and Hypermedia
Experts Group. It is commonly used as
a language to describe interactive
television services MIPS Microprocessor without Interlocked
Pipeline-Stages; A RISC-based
microprocessor MOP Matrix Output Processor MOSFET Metal Oxide Silicon Field Effect
Transistor, switching device MPEG Motion Pictures Experts Group MPIF Multi Platform InterFace MUTE MUTE Line MTV Mainstream TV: TV-mode with
Consumer TV features enabled (iTV) NC Not Connected NICAM Near Instantaneous Compounded
Audio Multiplexing. This is a digital
sound system, mainly used in Europe. NTC Negative Temperature Coefficient,
non-linear resistor NTSC National Television Standard
Committee. Color system mainly used
in North America and Japan. Color
carrier NTSC M/N= 3.579545 MHz,
NTSC 4.43= 4.433619 MHz (this is a
VCR norm, it is not transmitted off-air) NVM Non-Volatile Memory: IC containing
TV related data such as alignments O/C Open Circuit OSD On Screen Display OAD Over the Air Download. Method of
software upgrade via RF transmission.
Upgrade software is broadcasted in
TS with TV channels. OTC On screen display Teletext and
Control; also called Artistic (SAA5800) P50 Project 50: communication protocol
between TV and peripherals PAL Phase Alternating Line. Color system
mainly used in West Europe (colour
carrier = 4.433619 MHz) and South
America (colour carrier
PAL M = 3.575612 MHz and
PAL N = 3.582056 MHz) PCB Printed Circuit Board (same as “PWB”) PCM Pulse Code Modulation
Page 9
Precautions, Notes, and Abbreviation List
EN 9QFU2.1E LA 3.
PDP Plasma Display Panel PFC Power Factor Corrector (or Pre-
conditioner) PIP Picture In Picture PLL Phase Locked Loop. Used for e.g.
FST tuning systems. The customer
can give directly the desired frequency POD Point Of Deployment: a removable
CAM module, implementing the CA
system for a host (e.g. a TV-set) POR Power On Reset, signal to reset the uP PSDL Power Supply for Direct view LED
backlight with 2D-dimming PSL Power Supply with integrated LED
drivers PSLS Power Supply with integrated LED
drivers with added Scanning
functionality PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient,
non-linear resistor PWB Printed Wiring Board (same as “PCB”) PWM Pulse Width Modulation QRC Quasi Resonant Converter QTNR Quality Temporal Noise Reduction QVCP Quality Video Composition Processor RAM Random Access Memory RGB Red, Green, and Blue. The primary
color signals for TV. By mixing levels
of R, G, and B, all colors (Y/C) are
reproduced. RC Remote Control RC5 / RC6 Signal protocol from the remote
control receiver RESET RESET signal ROM Read Only Memory RSDS Reduced Swing Differential Signalling
data interface R-TXT Red TeleteXT SAM Service Alignment Mode S/C Short Circuit SCART Syndicat des Constructeurs
d'Appareils Radiorécepteurs et
SCL Serial Clock I
Téléviseurs
SCL-F CLock Signal on Fast I SD Standard Definition SDA Serial Data I SDA-F DAta Signal on Fast I
2
C
2
C
2
C bus
2
C bus SDI Serial Digital Interface, see “ITU-656” SDRAM Synchronous DRAM SECAM SEequence Couleur Avec Mémoire.
Colour system mainly used in France and East Europe. Colour carriers = 4.406250 MHz and
4.250000 MHz SIF Sound Intermediate Frequency SMPS Switched Mode Power Supply SoC System on Chip SOG Sync On Green SOPS Self Oscillating Power Supply SPI Serial Peripheral Interface bus; a 4-
wire synchronous serial data link
standard S/PDIF Sony Philips Digital InterFace SRAM Static RAM SRP Service Reference Protocol SSB Small Signal Board SSC Spread Spectrum Clocking, used to
reduce the effects of EMI STB Set Top Box STBY STand-BY SVGA 800 × 600 (4:3) SVHS Super Video Home System SW Software
SWAN Spatial temporal Weighted Averaging
Noise reduction SXGA 1280 × 1024 TFT Thin Film Transistor THD Total Harmonic Distortion TMDS Transmission Minimized Differential
Signalling TS Transport Stream TXT TeleteXT TXT-DW Dual Window with TeleteXT UI User Interface uP Microprocessor UXGA 1600 × 1200 (4:3) V V-sync to the module VESA Video Electronics Standards
Association VGA 640 × 480 (4:3) VL Variable Level out: processed audio
output toward external amplifier VSB Vestigial Side Band; modulation
method WYSIWYR What You See Is What You Record:
record selection that follows main
picture and sound WXGA 1280 × 768 (15:9) XTAL Quartz crystal XGA 1024 × 768 (4:3) Y Luminance signal Y/C Luminance (Y) and Chrominance (C)
signal YPbPr Component video. Luminance and
scaled color difference signals (B-Y
and R-Y) YUV Component video
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 10
EN 10 QFU2.1E LA4.
19280_105_120504.eps
120504
Mechanical Instructions

4. Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter:

4.1 Cable Dressing

4.2 Service Positions
4.3 Assy/Panel Removal
4.4 Set Re-assembly
Notes:
Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to the different set executions.
4.1 Cable Dressing
2012-Oct-12

Figure 4-1 Cable dressing 32"

back to
div. table
Page 11
Mechanical Instructions
19280_106_120504.eps
120504
19280_107_120504.eps
120504
EN 11QFU2.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-2 Cable dressing 32" back cover 2-sided Ambilight

Figure 4-3 Cable dressing 37"

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 12
EN 12 QFU2.1E LA4.
19280_108_120504.eps
120504
Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-4 Cable dressing 37" back cover 2-sided Ambilight

2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 13
Mechanical Instructions
19282_008_120920.eps
120920
EN 13QFU2.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-5 Cable dressing 42" PDL series

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 14
EN 14 QFU2.1E LA4.
10000_000full_090126.eps
091118
19280_109_120504.eps
120504
Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-6 Cable dressing 42" PDL series back cover 2-sided Ambilight

2012-Oct-12

Figure 4-7 Cable dressing 42" PFL series

back to
div. table
Page 15
Mechanical Instructions
19280_110_120504.eps
120504
19280_111_120504.eps
120504
EN 15QFU2.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-8 Cable dressing 42" PFL series back cover 2-sided Ambilight

Figure 4-9 Cable dressing 42" PFL series back cover 3-sided Ambilight

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 16
EN 16 QFU2.1E LA4.
19282_010_120920.eps
120920
Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-10 Cable dressing 47" PDL series

2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 17
Mechanical Instructions
19282_011_120920.eps
120920
19280_112_120504.eps
120504
EN 17QFU2.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-11 Cable dressing 47" PDL series back cover 2-sided Ambilight

Figure 4-12 Cable dressing 47" PFL series

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 18
EN 18 QFU2.1E LA4.
19280_113_120504.eps
120504
19280_114_120504.eps
120504
Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-13 Cable dressing 47" PFL series back cover 2-sided Ambilight

2012-Oct-12

Figure 4-14 Cable dressing 47" PFL series back cover 3-sided Ambilight

back to
div. table
Page 19
Mechanical Instructions
19282_012_120920.eps
120920
EN 19QFU2.1E LA 4.

Figure 4-15 Cable dressing 55"

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 20
EN 20 QFU2.1E LA4.
19282_013_120920.eps
120920
Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-16 Cable dressing 55" back cover 2-sided Ambilight

4.2 Se rvice Positions

For easy servicing of a TV set, the set should be put face down on a soft flat surface, foam buffers or other specific workshop tools. Ensure that a stable situation is created to perform measurements and alignments. When using foam bars take care that these always support the cabinet and never only the

4.3.1 Rear Cover

Warning: Disconnect the mains power cord before removing
the rear cover.
Attention: All sets are equipped with a hatch to disconnect the keyboard control panel. Ambilight sets are in addition equipped with a hatch to disconnect the Ambilight units.
These hatches are indicated on the rear cover with
SERVICE h. It is mandatory to open the hatches and disconnect the cables prior to removal of the rear cover!
See Figure 4-17
1. For sets equipped with Ambilight: open the hatch that covers the Ambilight connector and unplug the connector [1].
2. Remove the hatch that covers the keyboard control panel connector by removing the screws [3] and releasing the catches on top of the hatch with a screwdriver (not indicated on figure).
3. For sets equipped with Ambilight: remove the stand and swivel block [4].
4. Unplug the keyboard control panel connector located underneath the keyboard control hatch.
5. Remove remaining fixation screws as indicated in the overview of Figure 4-19 screen size).
to Figure 4-20 for details.
or Figure 4-20 (depending on
display. Caution: Failure to follow these guidelines can seriously damage the display! Ensure that ESD safe measures are taken.

4.3 Assy/Panel Removal

6. Execute all actions as depicted in Figure 4-21
Figure 4-28
7. Lift the rear cover from the TV. Make sure that wires and flat foils are not damaged while lifting the rear cover from the set.
When re-mounting the backcover: start with the bottom, followed by pressing the catches in reverse order.
.
to
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 21
Mechanical Instructions
19300_053_120418.eps
120418
1
19300_054_120418.eps
120418
3
3
4
4
4
3
19210_090_120509.eps
120509
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
T10
plastite
T10
M3 × 6
2
2
2
2
2
EN 21QFU2.1E LA 4.
Figure 4-17 Rear cover removal -all models -1-
Figure 4-18 Rear cover removal -all models -2-
Figure 4-19 Rear cover removal - 32/37" sets
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 22
EN 22 QFU2.1E LA4.
19210_091_120509.eps
120509
1
1 1
1 1
1
1
T10
plastite
T10
M3 × 6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
19280_115_120510.eps
120510
19280_116_120510.eps
120510
19280_117_120510.eps
120510
Mechanical Instructions
Figure 4-21 Pulling bottom of backcover upwards
Figure 4-20 Rear cover removal - 42/47" sets
Figure 4-22 Releasing side catch -1-
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Figure 4-23 Releasing side catch -2-
Page 23
Figure 4-24 Releasing side catch -3-
19280_118_120510.eps
120510
192
80_119_120510.eps
120510
192
80_120_120510.eps
120510
19280_121_120510.eps
120510
19280_122_120510.eps
120510
19054_001_111010.eps
111010
Mechanical Instructions
Figure 4-27 Releasing top catch middle
EN 23QFU2.1E LA 4.
Figure 4-25 Pulling bottom edge upwards
Figure 4-26 Releasing top catch right
Figure 4-28 Releasing top catch left

4.3.2 SSB

Refer to Figure 4-29
and Figure 4-30 for details. Some SSBs have a dedicated LVDS connector, requiring pressing two catches as indicated in the figure, before removing the LVDS cable.
Figure 4-29 SSB LVDS connector catches (optional) -1-
Upon re-connecting the LVDS cable, ensure the catches are locked after having inserted the LVDS cable.
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 24
EN 24 QFU2.1E LA4.
19222_001_120626.eps
120626
Click!
LVDS flat foil
Click!
Figure 4-30 SSB LVDS connector catches (optional) -2-
Mechanical Instructions

4.4 Set Re-assembly

To re-assemble the whole set, execute all processes in reverse order.
Notes:
While re-assembling, make sure that all cables are placed and connected in their original position.
Pay special attention not to damage the EMC foams in the set. Ensure that EMC foams are mounted correctly.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 25
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
19210_082_120507.eps
120507
SDM
19210_083_120507.eps
120507
SDM

5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Index of this chapter:

5.1 Test Points

5.2 Service Modes

5.3 Start-up
5.4 Service Tools
5.5 Error Codes
5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure
5.7 Protections
5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips
5.9 Software Upgrading
5.1 Test Points
As most signals are digital, it will be difficult to measure waveforms with a standard oscilloscope. However, several key ICs are capable of generating test patterns, which can be controlled via ComPair. In this way it is possible to determine which part is defective.
Perform measurements under the following conditions:
Service Default Mode.
Video: Colour bar signal.
Audio: 3 kHz left, 1 kHz right.
5.2 Service Modes
Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode (SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication between the call centre and the customer.
Note: It is possible that, together with the SDM, the main menu will appear. To switch it “off”, push the “MENU” (or "HOME") button again. Analogue SDM can also be activated by grounding the solder path on the SSB, with the indication “SDM” (see figures Service mode pad - front
back.
Digital SDM: use the RC-transmitter and key in the code “062593”, directly followed by the “MENU” (or "HOME") button. Note: It is possible that, together with the SDM, the main menu will appear. To switch it “off”, push the “MENU” (or "HOME") button again.
EN 25QFU2.1E LA 5.
) and Service mode pad -
This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code reading, and software version read-out for all chassis. (see also section “5.4.1 ComPair
”).
Note: For the new model range, a new remote control (RC) is used with some renamed buttons. This has an impact on the activation of the Service modes. For instance the old “MENU” button is now called “HOME” (or is indicated by a “house” icon).

5.2.1 Service Default Mode (SDM)

Purpose
To create a pre-defined setting, to get the same measurement results as given in this manual.
To override SW protections detected by the standby processor and make the TV start up to the step just before protection. See section “5.3 Start-up
”.
To start the blinking LED procedure where only LAYER 2 errors are displayed. (see also section “5.5 Error Codes
Specifications
Table 5-1 SDM default settings
Region Freq. (MHz) Default system
Europe, AP(PAL/Multi) 475.25 PAL B/G Europe, AP DVB-T 546.00 PID Video: 0B
06 PID PCR: 0B 06 PID Audio: 0B 07
All picture settings at 50% (brightness, colour, contrast).
Sound volume at 25%.
How to Activate SDM
For this chassis there are two kinds of SDM: an analogue SDM and a digital SDM. Tuning will happen according Table 5-1
Analogue SDM: use the RC-transmitter and key in the code “062596”, directly followed by the “MENU” (or “HOME”) button.
DVB-T
”).
.
Figure 5-1 Service mode pad - front
Figure 5-2 Service mode pad - back
After activating this mode, “SDM” will appear in the upper right corner of the screen (when a picture is available).
How to Exit SDM
Use one of the following methods:
Switch the set to STANDBY via the RC-transmitter.
Via a standard customer RC-transmitter: key in “00”­sequence.

5.2.2 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Purpose
To perform (software) alignments.
To change option settings.
To easily identify the used software version.
To view operation hours.
To display (or clear) the error code buffer.
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 26
EN 26 QFU2.1E LA5.
10000_038_090121.eps
090819
PHILIPS
MODEL:
32PF9968/10
PROD.SERIAL NO: AG 1A0620 000001
040
39mm
27mm
(CTN Sticker)
Display Option
Code
How to Activate SAM
Via a standard RC transmitter: Key in the code “062596” directly followed by the “INFO” or “OK” button. After activating SAM with this method a service warning will appear on the screen, continue by pressing the “OK” button on the RC.
Contents of SAM
Hardware Info.
Operation hours. Displays the accumulated total of
Errors (followed by maximum 10 errors). The most recent
Reset Error Buffer. When “cursor right” (or “OK” button)
Alignments. This will activate the “ALIGNMENTS” sub-
Options numbers. Extra features for Service. For more
Initialise NVM. The moment the processor recognizes a
Note: When the NVM is corrupted, or replaced, there is a high possibility that no picture appears because the display code is not correct. So, before initializing the NVM via the SAM, a picture is necessary and therefore the correct display option has to be entered. Refer to Chapter 6. Alignments To adapt this option, it’s advised to use ComPair (the correct values for the options can be found in Chapter 6. Alignments or a method via a standard RC (described below). Changing the display option via a standard RC: Key in the code “062598” directly followed by the “MENU” (or "HOME") button and “XXX” (where XXX is the 3 digit decimal display code as mentioned on the sticker in the set). Make sure to key in all three digits, also the leading zero’s. If the above action is successful, the front LED will go out (Standby) as an indication that the RC sequence was correct. After the display option is changed in the NVM, the TV will go to the Standby mode. If the NVM was corrupted or empty before this action, it will be initialized first (loaded with default values). This initializing can take up to 20 seconds.
2012-Oct-12
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
A. SW Version. Displays the software version of the
main software (example: QF1XX-1.2.3.4 = AAABB_X.Y.W.Z).
AAA= the chassis name.
BB= Product ID.
X.Y.W.Z= the software version, where X is the main version number (different numbers are not compatible with one another) and Y.W.Z is the sub version number (a higher number is always compatible with a lower number).
B. Standby processor version. Displays the software
version of the standby processor.
C. Production Code. Displays the production code of
the TV, this is the serial number as printed on the back of the TV set. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this production code has to be re-written to NVM. The update can be done via the NVM editor available in SAM.
operation hours (not the standby hours). Every time the TV is switched “on/off”, 0.5 hours is added to this number.
error is displayed at the upper left (for an error explanation see section “5.5 Error Codes
pressed here, followed by the “OK” button, the error buffer is reset.
menu. See Chapter 6. Alignments
info regarding option codes, see chapter 6. Alignments Note that if the option code numbers are changed, these have to be confirmed with pressing the “OK” button before the options are stored, otherwise changes will be lost.
corrupted NVM, the “initialise NVM” line will be highlighted. Now, two things can be done (dependent of the service instructions at that moment): – Save the content of the NVM via ComPair for
development analysis, before initializing. This will give the Service department an extra possibility for diagnosis (e.g. when Development asks for this).
– Initialise the NVM.
”).
.
for details.
.
)
div. table
back to
Figure 5-3 Location of Display Option Code sticker
Store - go right. All options and alignments are stored when pressing “cursor right” or the “OK” button.
Software maintenance.SW Events. In case of specific software problems, the
development department can ask for this info.
HW Events. In case of specific software problems, the
development department can ask for this info :
- Event 26: refers to a power dip, this is logged after the TV set reboots due to a power dip.
- Event 17: refers to the power OK status, sensed even before the 3 x retry to generate the error code.
Test settings. For development purposes only.
RF4CE pairing tables. Clear paired remote control. Re­pairing (coldboot of platform possibly needed) can be done by pressing the red/blue hot keys simultaneously for a few seconds.(be sure the distance between the remote control and TV set RF4CE receiver is less then 30cm). Message like “Pairing successful”, confirms the match-make.
Development 1 file versions. Not useful for Service purposes, this information is mainly used by the development department.
Development 2 file versions. Not useful for Service purposes, this information is mainly used by the development department.
Upload to USB. To upload several settings from the TV to an USB stick, which is connected to the SSB. The items are “Personal settings”, “Option codes”, “Alignments”, “Identification data” (includes the set type and prod code + all 12NC like SSB, display, boards), “History list”. The “All” item supports the upload of all several items at once.
A directory “repair\” will be created in the root of the USB stick.
To upload the settings, select each item separately, press “cursor right” (or the “OK” button), confirm with “OK” and wait until the message “Done” appears. In case the download to the USB stick was not successful, “Failure” will be displayed. In this case, check if the USB stick is connected properly and if the directory “repair” is present in the root of the USB stick. Now the settings are stored onto the USB stick and can be used to download into another TV or other SSB. Uploading is of course only possible if the software is running and preferably a picture is available. This method is created to be able to save the customer’s TV settings and to store them into another SSB. Important remark : to upload the “channel list”, select “Home” => “Setup” => “TV settings” => “General settings” => “Channel list copy” => “Copy to USB”.The procedure is also described in the (electronic) user manual.
Download from USB. To download several settings from the USB stick to the TV, same way of working needs to be followed as described in “Upload to USB”. The “All” item supports to download all several items at once. Important remark : to download the “channel list”, select “Home” => “Setup” => “TV settings” => “General settings” => “Channel list copy” => “Copy
to TV”. The procedure is
also described in the (electronic) user manual.
NVM editor. For Smart TV the set “Type number” must be
Page 27
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
EN 27QFU2.1E LA 5.
entered correctly. Also the “Production code” (factory location code), “12NC SSB”, “12NC display” and “12NC supply” can be entered here via the RC-transmitter.Be sure the cursor is put fully to the left (use back key) of the dialog box before enter the new data. Correct data can be found on the side/rear sticker.
How to Navigate
In SAM, the menu items can be selected with the “CURSOR UP/DOWN” key on the RC-transmitter. The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, move the “CURSOR UP/DOWN” key to display the next/previous menu items.
With the “CURSOR LEFT/RIGHT” keys, it is possible to: – (De) activate the selected menu item. – (De) activate the selected sub menu.
With the “OK” key, it is possible to activate the selected action.
How to Exit SAM
Use one of the following methods:
Switch the TV set to STAND-BY via the RC-transmitter.
Via a standard RC-transmitter, key in “00” sequence, or select the “BACK” key.

5.2.3 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

Purpose
When a customer is having problems with his TV-set, he can call his dealer or the Customer Helpdesk. The service technician can then ask the customer to activate the CSM, in order to identify the status of the set. Now, the service technician can judge the severity of the complaint. In many cases, he can advise the customer how to solve the problem, or he can decide if it is necessary to visit the customer. The CSM is a read only mode; therefore, modifications in this mode are not possible.
Provided CSM is activated, every menu from CSM can be used as check for the back end chain video.So for all CSM content displayed, it could be determined that the back end video chain is working.
When CSM is activated and there is a USB stick connected to the TV set, the software will dump the CSM content to the USB stick. The file (CSM_model number_serial number.txt) will be saved in the root of the USB stick. This info can be handy if no information is displayed.
Additional in CSM mode (with USB stick connected), pressing “OK” will create an extended CSM dump file on the USB stick. This file (Extended_CSM_model number_serial number.txt) contains:
The normal CSM dump information,
All items (from SAM “load to USB”, but in readable format),
Operating hours,
Error codes,
SW/HW event logs.
To have fast feedback from the field, a flashdump can be requested by development. When in CSM, push the “red” button and key in serial digits ‘2679’ (same keys to form the word ‘COPY’ with a cellphone). A file “Dump_model number_serial number.bin” will be written on the connected USB device. This can take 1/2 minute, depending on the quantity of data that needs to be dumped.
Also when CSM is activated, the LAYER 1 error is displayed via blinking LED.(see also section 5.5 Error Codes
How to Activate CSM
Key in the code “123654” via the standard RC transmitter.
Note: Activation of the CSM is only possible if there is no (user) menu on the screen!
How to Navigate
By means of the “CURSOR-DOWN/UP” knob on the RC­transmitter, can be navigated through the menus.
Contents of CSM
The contents are reduced to 3 pages: General, Software versions and Quality items. The group names itself are not shown anywhere in the CSM menu.
General
Set type. This information is very helpful for a helpdesk/ workshop as reference for further diagnosis. In this way, it is not necessary for the customer to look at the rear of the TV set. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, the set type content has to be re-written to NVM.The update can be done via the NVM editor available in SAM.
Production code. Displays the production code (the serial number) of the TV. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, the production code content has to be re-written to NVM. The update can be done via the NVM editor available in SAM.
Installed date. Indicates the date of the first installation of the TV. This date is acquired by time extraction.
Options 1. Displays the option codes numbers of option group 1 as set in SAM (Service Alignment Mode).
Options 2. Displays the option codes numbers of option group 2 as set in SAM (Service Alignment Mode).
12NC SSB. Gives an identification of the SSB as stored in NVM. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this identification number has to be re-written to NVM. The update can be done via the NVM editor available in SAM. This identification number is the 12nc number of the SSB.
12NC display. Shows the 12NC of the display. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this identification number has to be re-written to NVM. The update can be done via the NVM editor available in SAM.
12NC supply. Shows the 12NC of the power supply. Note that if an NVM is replaced or is initialized after corruption, this identification number has to be re-written to NVM. The update can be done via the NVM editor available in SAM.
12NC RF4CE board. Shows the 12NC of the RF4CE board.
Software versions
Current main software. Displays the build-in main software version. In case of field problems related to software, software can be upgraded. As this software is consumer upgradeable, it will also be published on the Internet. Example: QF1xx-1.2.3.4
Standby software. Displays the build-in standby processor software version. Upgrading this software will be possible via USB (see section 5.9 Software Upgrading
).
Example: STDBY_61.0.0.7
e-UM version. Displays the electronic user manual SW­version (12NC version number). Most significant number here is the last digit.
Strings database version. Reflects the latest embedded string database version .
FPGA video version.Displays the Scan/backlight FPGA software version.Device processes the backlight + boost pwm control, scanning, 3D drive and ambilight buffering.
3D dongle software version.Not applicable.
FRC-V software.Not applicable.
).
RF4CE software.Embedded software version located on the RF4CE board.
FPGA lattice backlight software.
FPGA HDR software.
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 28
EN 28 QFU2.1E LA5.
19210_076_120504.eps
120504
Active
Off
On
Semi
St by
St by
Mains
on
Mains
off
GoToProtection
-WakeUp requested
-Acquisition needed
- stby requested and no data Acquisition required
St by requested
WakeUp
requested
Protection
WakeUp
requested
(SDM)
GoToProtection
GoToProtection
(triggered during startup
by standby µP)
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
Quality items
Signal quality. Bad / average /good (not for DVB-S).
Ethernet MAC address. Displays the MAC address present in the SSB.
Wireless MAC address. Displays the wireless MAC address to support the Wi-Fi functionality.
BDS key. Indicates if the set is in the BDS status.
CI module. Displays status if the common interface module is detected.
CI + protected service. Yes/No.
Event counter : S : 000X 0000(number of software recoveries : SW EVENT-LOG #(reboots) S : 0000 000X (number of software events : SW EVENT­LOG #(events) H : 000X 0000(number of hardware errors) H : 0000 000X (number of hardware events : SW EVENT­LOG #(events).
Coldboot counter. Neglect “BDS mode settings”
Fastcoldboot counter. Neglect “BDS mode settings”
Hotboot counter. Neglect “BDS mode settings”
Application hotboot counter. Neglect “BDS mode settings”
How to Exit CSM
Press “MENU” (or "HOME") / “Back” key on the RC-transmitter.

5.3 Start-up

As described, the start-up diagrams below, documents which supplies are present at any certain moment.
2012-Oct-12

Figure 5-4 Transition diagram

back to
div. table
Page 29
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
19210_080_120504.eps
120504
No
Start AVC system
Off
Standby Supply starts running.
All standby supply voltages become available.
st-by µP resets, resulting in a high impedant output
stage of the I/O ports.
Stand by or
Protection
AC~ Mains is applied
start keyboard scanning, RC detection.
Wake up reasons are off.
If the protection state was left by short circuiting the
SDM pins, detection of a protection condition during
startup shall stall the startup. Protection conditions
occuring in a playing set shall be ignored. The
protection mode shall not be entered.
12V platform is turned on, automatically enabling the
low voltage DCDC converter outputs
Enable the supply detect io n algorithm
Switch ON Platform supply by switching High the
STANDBYn line.
Initialise I/O pins of th e st-by µP
- Keep AVC system in reset (internal signal)
- Switch RESET-FUSION-OUTn LOW
- Switch RESET-HDMI-MUXn LOW
- Switch RESET-ETHERNETn LOW
- Switch AUDIO-MUTEn LOW
- Switch SPLASH-ON LOW
- Switch LCD-PWR-ONn High
No
Detect2 high received
within 2 seconds?
12V error: Layer1: 3
Layer2: 16
Enter protection
Yes
Wait 300ms
Switch followin g lines asap:(part of preBOOT) (GPIO2): LOW
CTRL-DISP2 (GPIO3): LOW CTRL-DISP3 (GPIO8): LOW CTRL-DISP4 (BKLGON): LOW 3D-LR (PWM0): LOW BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL (PWM1): LOW BL-DIM (BOOST): LOW
All display related I/O lines should be LOW as long as the Tcon is not powered to avoid leakage current and tcon startup problems. These lines will furtheron be dynamically controlled by the mainSW.
Wait 10ms
Switch RESET-FUSION-OUTn, RESET-
HDMI-MUXn , RESET-ETHERNETn High
Small delay between AVC boot and other platform ICs is preferred to limi t rush-in current on Platform.
Switch ENABLE-WOLAN high to power Ethernet PHY
and Wifi dongle
Switch ENABLE-WOLANn high to power Ethernet
PHY and internal Wifi dongle if Networked Standby
was Off in the Standby mode.
Startup shall continue from the moment a valid detection is received.
EN 29QFU2.1E LA 5.

Figure 5-5 “Off” to “Semi Stand-by” flowchart (part 1)

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 30
EN 30 QFU2.1E LA5.
19210_081_120504.eps
120504
Yes
Semi-Standby
3-th try?NoSwitch Standby I/O l ine LOW
Switch AVC in reset
Enter protection
Wake up reason
coldboot to Active mode?
Startup screen cfg file
present?
yes
No
No
yes
AUDIO-MUTEn is switched by MIPS code later on in the startup process when audio
needs to be released
Switch RESET-FUSION-OUTn, RESET-
HDMI-MUXn , RESET-ETHERNETn Low
Boot is failing
Reset-lines are switched
MIPS boots
Standby µP monitors boot process and will
init a restart if Boot
process hampers
TV application starts
Set was
started with
SDM pin?
Yes
Ignore boot failure:
Stall the startup process.
Blink Layer2 error 53.
Enter protection without
turning off the supplies
No
Wait 4 seconds before restarting
No
Blink error code
Layer 1 error 2
MIPS sends out startup screen
MIPS starts up the display.
Startup screen visible
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Figure 5-6 “Off” to “Semi Stand-by” flowchart (part 2)

2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 31
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
19210_079_120504.eps
120504
Active
Semi Standby
Initialize audio and video
processing IC's and functions
according needed use case.
Assert RGB video blanking
and audio mute
Wait until previous on-state is left more than2
secondsago. (to prevent LCD display problems)
The assumption here is that a fast toggle (<2s) can
only happen during ON->SEMI ->ON. In these states,
the AVC is still active and can provide the 2s delay. A
transition ON->SEMI->STB Y->SEMI->ON cannot be
made in less than 2s, because the standby state will
be maintained for at least 4s.
unblank the video
Wait until valid and stable audio and video, corresponding to the
requested output is delivered
AND
the backlight has been switched on for at least the time which is
indicated in the display file as preheat time
Release audio mute
Set the Ambilight functionality according the last status
settings
No
Start POWER-OK line
detection algorithm as defined
in the CHS service.
return
Display already on?
(cold boot with splash
screen)
Yes
Startup display
(see separate tab)
Display cfg file present
and up to date, according
correct display option?
No
Prepare Start screen Display config
file and copy to Flash
Yes
EN 31QFU2.1E LA 5.

Figure 5-7 “Semi Stand-by” to “Active” flowchart

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 32
EN 32 QFU2.1E LA5.
19210_077_120504.eps
120504
Semi Standby
Active
Mute all sound outputsaccording
information in the FMS AUDIO
Mute all video outputs switch off Ambilight (see CHS ambilight)
Wait 100ms
Wait until Ambilight has faded out:
Output power Observer should be zero
Switch off POK line detection
algorithm (see CHS service)
Shut down the display
(see separate sheet)
Switch Off LCD backlight
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

Figure 5-8 “Active” to “Semi Stand-by” flowchart

2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 33
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
19210_078_120504.eps
120504
transfer Wake up reasons to the Stand by µP.
Stand by
Semi Stand by
Disable all supply related protections and switch off
the DC/DC converters (ENABLE-3V3n)
No
Switch OFF all supplies by switching HIGH the
Standby I/O line
Switch AVC system in reset state
Switch reset-USB, Reset-Ethernet and Reset-DVBs
LOW
Important remarks:
release reset audio 10 sec after entering
standby to save power
Also here, the standby state has to be
maintained for at least 4s before starting
another state transition.
Wait 10ms
Delay transition until ramping down of ambient light is
finished. *)
If ambientlight functionality was used in semi-standby (lampadaire mode), switch off ambient light (see CHS
ambilight)
*) If this is not performed and the set is switched to standby when the switch off of the ambilights is still ongoing, the lights will switch off abruptly when the supply is cut.
Switch RESET-FUSION-OUTn, RESET-HDMI-MUXn ,
RESET-ETHERNETn Low
Switch ENABLE-WOLAN Low to
power off the Ethernet PHY and
Internal Wifi dongle.
Networked Standby
required?
Yes
transfer specific Firmware and Wake up reasons to the
Wifi dongle to allow networked standby
EN 33QFU2.1E LA 5.

Figure 5-9 “Semi Stand-by” to “Stand-by” flowchart

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 34
EN 34 QFU2.1E LA5.
10000_036_090121.eps
091118
TO
UART SERVICE
CONNECTOR
TO
UART SERVICE
CONNECTOR
TO I2C SERVICE CONNECTOR
TO TV
PC
HDMI I
2
C only
Optional power
5V DC
ComPair II Developed by Philips Brugge
RC out
RC in
Optional
Switch
Power ModeLink/
Activity
I
2
C
ComPair II
Multi
function
RS232 /UART
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.4 Service Tools

5.4.1 ComPair

Introduction
ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a Service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products and offers the following:
1. ComPair helps to quickly get an understanding on how to repair the chassis in a short and effective way.
2. ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. No knowledge on I because ComPair takes care of this.
3. ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the µP is working) and all repair information is directly available.
4. ComPair features TV software up possibilities.
Specifications
ComPair consists of a Windows based fault finding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair II interface box is connected to the PC via an USB cable. For the TV chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV communicate via a bi-directional cable via the service connector(s). The ComPair fault finding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television, by a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question/answer procedure.
How to Connect
This is described in the chassis fault finding database in ComPair.
Figure 5-10 ComPair II interface connection
Caution: It is compulsory to connect the TV to the PC as
shown in the picture above (with the ComPair interface in between), as the ComPair interface acts as a level shifter. If one connects the TV directly to the PC (via UART), ICs can be blown!
How to Order
ComPair II order codes:
ComPair II interface: 3122 785 91020.
Software is available via the Philips Service web portal.
ComPair UART interface cable for QF1x.x. (using 3.5 mm Mini Jack connector): 3138 188 75051.
Note: When you encounter problems, contact your local support desk.
2012-Oct-12
2
C or UART commands is necessary,

5.5 Error Codes

5.5.1 Introduction

The error code buffer contains all detected errors since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right, new errors are logged at the left side, and all other errors shift one position to the right. When an error occurs, it is added to the list of errors, provided the list is not full. When an error occurs and the error buffer is full, then the new error is not added, and the error buffer stays intact (history is maintained). To prevent that an occasional error stays in the list forever, the error is removed from the list after more than 50 hrs. of operation. When multiple errors occur (errors occurred within a short time span), there is a high probability that there is some relation between them.
If no errors are there, the LED should not blink at all in
CSM or SDM. No spacer must be displayed as well.
There is a simple blinking LED procedure for board
level repair (home repair) so called LAYER 1 errors
next to the existing errors which are LAYER 2 errors (see
Table 5-2
– LAYER 1 errors are one digit errors. – LAYER 2 errors are 2 digit errors.
In protection mode. – From consumer mode: LAYER 1. – From SDM mode: LAYER 2.
Fatal errors, if I2C bus is blocked and the set reboots, CSM and SAM are not selectable. – From consumer mode: LAYER 1. – From SDM mode: LAYER 2.
In CSM mode. – When entering CSM: error LAYER 1 will be displayed
In SDM mode. – When SDM is entered via Remote Control code or the
Error display on screen. – In CSM no error codes are displayed on screen. – In SAM the complete error list is shown.
Basically there are three kinds of errors:
Errors detected by the Standby software which lead to protection. These errors will always lead to protection and an automatic start of the blinking LED LAYER 1 error. (see section “5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure
Errors detected by the Standby software which not lead to protection. In this case the front LED should blink the involved error. See also section “5.5 Error Codes
Error Buffer”. Note that it can take up several minutes
before the TV starts blinking the error (e.g. LAYER 1 error = 2, LAYER 2 error = 15 or 53).
Errors detected by main software (MIPS). In this case the error will be logged into the error buffer and can be read out via ComPair, via blinking LED method LAYER 1-2 error, or in case picture is visible, via SAM.

5.5.2 How to Read the Error Buffer

Use one of the following methods:
On screen via the SAM (only when a picture is visible). E.g.: – 00 00 00 00 00: No errors detected – 23 00 00 00 00: Error code 23 is the last and only
37 23 00 00 00: Error code 23 was first detected and
Note that no protection errors can be logged in the
Via the blinking LED procedure. See section 5.5.3 How to
Clear the Error Buffer.
back to
div. table
).
by blinking LED.
hardware pins, LAYER 2 is displayed via blinking LED.
detected error.
error code 37 is the last detected error.
error buffer.
”).
, 5.5.4
Page 35
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
EN 35QFU2.1E LA 5.
•Via ComPair.

5.5.3 How to Clear the Error Buffer

Use one of the following methods:
By activation of the “RESET ERROR BUFFER” command in the SAM menu.
If the content of the error buffer has not changed for 50+ hours, it resets automatically.

5.5.4 Error Buffer

In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before starting to repair (before clearing the buffer, write down the content, as this history can give significant information). This to ensure that old error codes are no longer present.
Table 5-2 Error code overview
Description Layer 1 Layer 2
I2CM3 (SSB + SRF bus) 2 13 MIPS E BL / EB SS B SSB I2CM2 (BE bus) 2 14 MIPS E BL / EB SSB SSB I2CM1(FE bus) 2 18 MIPS E BL / EB SSB SSB Fusion doesn’t boot (HW cause) 2 15 Stby µP P BL Fusion SSB 12V 3 16 Stby µP P BL / Supply Display supply (POK) 3 17 MIPS E EB / Supply HDMI mux 2 23 MIPS E EB SII9387 SSB I2C switch 2 24 MIPS E EB PCA9540 SSB Channel dec DVB-T2 2 27 MIPS E EB CXD2834 SSB Channel dec DVB-S2 2 28 MIPS E EB STV0903 SSB Lnb controller 2 31 MIPS E EB LNBH25 SSB Hybrid Tuner 2 34 MIPS E EB SUT-RE214Z SSB Main NVM 2 35 MIPS E EB STM24C64 SSB Tuner DVB-S2 2 36 MIPS E EB STV6110 SSB Class-D 2 37 MIPS E EB TAS 5731 PHP SSB FPGAScanBacklight 2 38 MIPS E EB XC6SLX4 SSB T° sensor SSB/Display 2 42 MIPS E EB LM 75 T° sensor on SSB/Display Light sensor 6 43 MIPS E EB TSL2571 Set µP touch control 6 44 MIPS E EB / Set RF4CE 6 46 MIPS E EB / Set MIPS doesn’t boot (SW cause ) 2 53 Stby µP P BL FUSION SSB FPGA HDR 5 61 MIPS E BL Xilinx Spartan Display FPGA Lattice Backlight 5 62 MIPS E BL Lattice Display TCON µP (SHARP) 7 54 MIPS E BL / Display TCON ASIC (SHARP) 7 55 MIPS E BL / Display VCON cal (SHARP) 7 56 MIPS E BL / Display
Monitored by
If possible, check the entire contents of the error buffer. In some situations, an error code is only the result of another error code and not the actual cause.(e.g. a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection) There are several mechanisms of error detection:
Via error bits in the status registers of ICs.
Via polling on I/O pins going to the standby processor.
Via sensing of analog values on the standby processor or the Mips.
Via a “not acknowledge” of an I
Take notice that some errors need several minutes before they start blinking or before they will be logged. So in case of problems wait 2 minutes from start-up onwards, and then check if the front LED is blinking or if an error is logged.
Error/
Error Buffer/
Prot
Blinking LED Device Defective Board
2
C communication.
Extra Info
Rebooting. When a TV is constantly rebooting due to internal problems, most of the time no errors will be logged or blinked. This rebooting can be recognized via a ComPair interface and Hyperterminal (for Hyperterminal settings, see section “5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips
, 5.8.6
Logging). It’s shown that the loggings which are generated
by the main software keep continuing.
Error 13 (I
2
C bus M3, SSB + SRF bus blocked). Current situation: when this error occurs, the TV can reboot due to the blocked bus. The best way for further diagnosis here, is to check the logging output.
Error 14 (I
2
C bus M2, BE bus blocked). Current situation: when this error occurs. The best way for further diagnosis here, is to check the logging output.
Error 18 (I
2
C bus M1, FE bus blocked). Current situation: when this error occurs. The best way for further diagnosis here, is to check the logging output.
Error 15 (Fusion doesn’t boot). Indicates that the main processor was not able to read his bootscript. This error will point to a hardware problem around the Fusion (supplies not OK, Fusion device completely dead, link between Mips and Stand-by Processor broken, etc...) Other root causes for this error can be due to hardware problems regarding the DDR’s and the bootscript reading from the Fusion device.
back to
div. table
Error 16 (12V). This voltage is made in the power supply and results in protection (LAYER 1 error = 3) in case of absence. When SDM (maintain grounding continuously) is activated we see blinking LED LAYER 2 error = 16.
Error 17 (Display Supply). Here the status of the “Power OK” is checked by software, no protection will occur during failure of the display supply, only error logging. LED blinking of LAYER 1 error = 3 in CSM, in SDM this gives LAYER 2 error = 17.
Error 23 (HDMI mux). When there is no I
2
C communication towards the HDMI mux after start-up, LAYER 2 error = 23 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure if SDM is switched on.
Error 24 (I2C switch). When there is no I communication towards the I
2
C switch, LAYER 2
2
C
error = 24 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched on.
Error 27 (Channel dec DVB-T2). When there is no I
2
C communication towards the DVB-T channel decoder, LAYER 2 error = 27 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure if SDM is switched on.
Error 28 (Channel dec DVB-S2). When there is no I
2
C communication towards the DVB-S channel decoder, LAYER 2 error = 28 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure if SDM is switched on.
2012-Oct-12
Page 36
EN 36 QFU2.1E LA5.
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
Error 31 (Lnb controller). When there is no I2C communication towards this device, LAYER 2 error = 31 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure if SDM is activated.
Error 34 (Tuner). When there is no I
2
C communication towards the tuner during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 34 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched on.
Error 35 (main NVM). When there is no I communication towards the main NVM during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 35 will be displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”. All service modes (CSM, SAM and SDM) are accessible during this failure, observed in the Uart logging as follows: "<< ERRO >>> PFPOW_.C: First Error (id19, Layer_1= 2 Layer_= 35)".
Error 36 (Tuner DVB-S). When there is no I communication towards the DVB-S tuner during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 36 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”.
Error 37 (Class-D). When there is no I
2
C communication towards the Class-D amplifier during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 37 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”.
Error 38 (FPGA ScanBacklight). When there is no I communication towards this FPGA device during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 38 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”. This device supports the backlight + boost pwm control, scanning, 3D drive and ambilight buffering.
Error 42 (Temp sensor). Only applicable for TV sets equipped/stuffed with temperature devices.
Error 43 (Light sensor). When there is no I communication towards the light sensor device during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 43 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”.
Error 44 (Touch control). When there is no I communication towards the touch control micro processor during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 44 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”.
Error 46 (RF4CE). When there is no I
2
C communication towards the RF4CE driver during start-up, LAYER 2 error = 46 will be logged and displayed via the blinking LED procedure when SDM is switched “on”.
Error 53. This error will indicate that the Fusion device has read his bootscript (when this would have failed, error 15 would blink) but initialization was never completed because of hardware problems (NAND flash, DDR...) or software initialization problems. Possible cause could be that there is no valid software loaded (try to upgrade to the latest main software version). Note that it can take a few minutes before the TV starts blinking LAYER 1 error = 2 or in SDM (maintain grounding continuously), LAYER 2 error = 53.

5.6 The Blinking LED Procedure

5.6.1 Introduction

The blinking LED procedure can be split up into two situations:
Blinking LED procedure LAYER 1 error. In this case the error is automatically blinked when the TV is put in CSM. This will be only one digit error, namely the one that is referring to the defective board (see table “5-2 Error code
overview”) which causes the failure of the TV. This
approach will especially be used for home repair and call centres. The aim here is to have service diagnosis from a distance.
Blinking LED procedure LAYER 2 error. Via this procedure, the contents of the error buffer can be made visible via the front LED. In this case the error contains 2 digits (see table “5-2 Error code overview displayed when SDM (hardware pins) is activated. This is especially useful for fault finding and gives more details regarding the root cause of the defective board.
2
C
2
C
2
C
2
C
”) and will be
Important remark:
For an empty error buffer, the LED should not blink at all in CSM or SDM. No spacer will be displayed.
When one of the blinking LED procedures is activated, the front LED will show (blink) the contents of the error buffer. Error codes greater then 10 are shown as follows:
1. “n” long blinks (where “n” = 1 to 9) indicating decimal digit
2. A pause of 1.5 s
3. “n” short blinks (where “n”= 1 to 9)
4. A pause of approximately 3 s,
5. When all the error codes are displayed, the sequence finishes with a LED blink of 3 s (spacer).
6. The sequence starts again.
Example: Error 12 8 6 0 0. After activation of the SDM, the front LED will show:
1. One long blink of 750 ms (which is an indication of the decimal digit) followed by a pause of 1.5 s
2. Two short blinks of 250 ms followed by a pause of 3 s
3. Eight short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s
4. Six short blinks followed by a pause of 3 s
2
C
5. One long blink of 3 s to finish the sequence (spacer).
6. The sequence starts again.

5.6.2 How to Activate

Use one of the following methods:
Activate the CSM. The blinking front LED will show the layer 1 error(s), this works in “normal operation” mode or automatically when the error/protection is monitored by the Standby processor. In case no picture is shown and there is no LED blinking, read the logging to detect whether “error devices” are mentioned. (see section “5.8 Fault Finding and Repair
Tips, 5.8.6 Logging”).
Activate the SDM. The blinking front LED will show the entire content of the LAYER 2 error buffer, this works in “normal operation” mode or when SDM (via hardware pins) is activated when the tv set is in protection.

5.7 Protections

5.7.1 Software Protections

Most of the protections and errors use either the standby microprocessor or the MIPS controller as detection device. Since in these cases, checking of observers, polling of ADCs, and filtering of input values are all heavily software based, these protections are referred to as software protections. There are several types of software related protections, solving a variety of fault conditions:
Related to supplies: presence of the +5V, +3V3 and 1V2 needs to be measured, no protection triggered here.
Protections related to breakdown of the safety check mechanism. E.g. since the protection detections are done by means of software, failing of the software will have to initiate a protection mode since safety cannot be guaranteed any more.
Remark on the Supply Errors
The detection of a supply dip or supply loss during the normal playing of the set does not lead to a protection, but to a cold reboot of the set. If the supply is still missing after the reboot, the TV will go to protection.
Protections during Start-up
During TV start-up, some voltages and IC observers are actively monitored to be able to optimize the start-up speed, and to assure good operation of all components. If these monitors do not respond in a defined way, this indicates a malfunction of the system and leads to a protection. As the
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 37
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
EN 37QFU2.1E LA 5.
observers are only used during start-up, they are described in the start-up flow in detail (see section “5.3 Start-up

5.8 Fault Finding and Repair Tips

Read also section “5.5 Error Codes, 5.5.4 Error Buffer, Extra
Info”.

5.8.1 Ambilight

Due to the aging process on the LED’s fitted on the Ambilight module, there can be a difference in the colour and/or light output of the spare ambilight modules in comparison with the originals ones contained in the TV set. Via SAM => alignments => ambilight, the spare module can be fine-tuned. Other possibility: the original values can also be recovered via SAM, Upload to USB => alignments. Now the original settings are on the USB stick and can be reloaded into another SSB (NVM).

5.8.2 CSM

When CSM is activated and there is a USB stick connected to the TV, the software will dump the complete CSM content to the USB stick. The file (Csm.txt) will be saved in the root of the USB stick. If this mechanism works it can be concluded that a large part of the operating system is already working (MIPS, USB...)

5.8.3 DC/DC Converter

Description
Input power for the TV platform comes from the main power supply that delivers +3V3STANDBY (pin 1 of connector 1M95) and +12V (pins 5,6 of the same connector). +3V3STANDBY (3.3V nominal) is the permanent voltage, supplying the standby microprocessor inside the Fusion chip while +12V is started by the STANDBY signal (connector 1M95, pin 2) when going from high to low. +12V is split in three branches via fuses 1UA0 (+12Va), 1UA1 (+12Vb) and 1UP1(+12-DVBS):
+12Va serves as input voltage for the switching voltage regulators that deliver +1V1-FD and +1V5.
+12Vb is used as input voltage for the switching voltage regulators that deliver +3V3 and +5V.
+12V-DVBS (if DVB-S functionality is present) goes to 12V to +1V0-DVBS and 12V to +V-LNB switching regulators.
The on board power supply consists of 4 switching voltage regulators (6 in case of DVB-S version), 6 linear voltage regulators (7 in case of DVB-S version) one power switch delivering +3V3AL for Ambilight driver boards and an over­current protection for 12V (AMBI-POWER) Ambilight boards.
All switching voltage regulators have 12V input voltage and deliver:
+1V0-DVBS core supply voltage for DVB-S2 demodulator (1.02V nominal), stabilized close to the point of load by means of SENSE+1V0-DVBS signal.
+1V1-FD Fusion main core supply voltage (0.95V...1.2V ­depending on DVS1 signal), stabilized close to the point of load by means of SENSE+1V1-FD signal.
+1V5 supply voltage (1.53V nominal), for the DDR3 memories and DDR3 interface of the Fusion chip.
+3V3 supply voltage (3.37V nominal): overall 3.3V for on board IC’s and for WiFi module, also used as input voltage for linear voltage regulators delivering +1V1-FA, +1V2-FA and +2V5.
+5V (5.15V nominal) for USB, WiFi, Conditional Access Module and via linear voltage regulators, the DVB-T and DVB-S tuner supplies.
+V-LNB (13V or 18V) supply for outdoor satellite reception equipment.
The linear voltage regulators are providing:
”).
+1V1-FA supply voltage (1.10V nominal, from +3V3) for low power analog (PLL) blocks inside Fusion chip.
+1V2-MIPS supply voltage (1.05...1.3V depending on DVS2 signal, input voltage: +1V5) for Fusion auxiliary core.
+1V2-FE supply voltage (1.20V nominal, from +1V5) for HDMI multiplexer and (if present) DVB-T2 demodulator IC device.
+1V2-FA supply voltage (1.20V nominal, from +3V3) for higher power analog Fusion internal blocks (mainly video ADC’s).
+2V5 supply voltage (2.5V nominal, from +3V3) for LVDS (or Vby1) interface and various other internal blocks of Fusion.
+3V3 supply voltages (3.3V nominal, from +5V) for RF tuners, separate linear regulator per tuner.
Supply voltages +1V1-FD, +1V5 and +1V2-MIPS are started immediately when +12V rises above the 5V level. The rest of the supply voltages (+5V, +3V3, +2V5, +1V2-FA and +1V1-FA are turned on by signal DETECT12V when becomes tuners are supplied from their respective linear voltage regulators when +5V starts.+1V0-DVBS is started almost at the same time, when +2V5-DVBS (derived from +3V3-DVBS via the equivalent diode 7RC2) rises.
DETECT12V becomes high when +12V rises above 10V and stays above 9.5V (0.5V hysteresis).
+3V3AL will become available when enabled via software (signal ENABLE-3V3-AMBI high).In case of TV sets having Ambilight consumption from 12V + higher than 1A, the electronic protection circuit (7UAC and surrounding components) is used instead of fuse 1UA2. AMBI-POWER should be available shortly (100 ms) after +12V starts if there is no load on it. The over-current trigger level is around 4.1A. Once triggered, it can be reset by removing the shortcircuit cause and keeping it under no load condition for about 100 ms.
+V-LNB value is determined via software: around 13V for vertical polarized satellite channels and around 18V for the horizontal ones. Maximum current is limited in both cases to 400mA
Debugging
The best way to find a failure in the DC/DC converters is to check their start-up sequence at power “on”, presuming that the external supply is operational. Take the STANDBY signal "high"-to-"low" transition as trigger reference and check the power start-up sequence as described above.
Tips
Behaviour comparison with a working Fusion platform can be a fast way to locate failures.
Check first the integrity of fuses 1UA0, 1UA1 and (if present) 1UA2 and 1UP1.
If a fuse is found interrupted: check the respective +12Va (or +12Vb or +12V-DVBS) short circuit with all of the derived supply voltages, for example: a +12Va ->+1V5 short circuit will probably be caused by a defective 7UB5 integrated circuit.
Switching frequency should be around 400KHz for 12V to +V-LNB switching voltage regulator, 500KHz for +12V to +1V1-FD and 600KHz...700KHz for the others.
When a short circuit to GND is found on one of the supply voltage delivered by a switching voltage regulator, then try first removing the power coil(s) from the output filter of the converter, this to point the location of the short circuit (at converter side or at load side).

5.8.4 Power Supply Unit

For fault finding tips, refer to section 7.2.1
.
high. The
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 38
EN 38 QFU2.1E LA5.
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.8.5 Exit “Factory Mode”

To exit this mode, push the “VOLUME minus” button on the TV’s local keyboard for 10 seconds (this disables the continuous mode). Then push the “SOURCE” button for 10 seconds until to exit the “Factory mode”.

5.8.6 Logging

When something is wrong with the TV set (f.i. the set is rebooting) you can check for more information via the logging in Hyperterminal. The Hyperterminal is available in every Windows application via Programs, Accessories, Communications, Hyperterminal. Connect a “ComPair UART”­cable (3138 188 75051) from the service connector in the TV to the “multi function” jack at the front of ComPair II box. Required settings in ComPair before starting to log:
- Start up the ComPair application.
- Select the correct database (open file “QFU1X.X”, this will set the ComPair interface in the appropriate mode).
- Close ComPair After start-up of the Hyperterminal, fill in a name (f.i. “logging”) in the “Connection Description” box, then apply the following settings:
1. COMx
2. Bits per second = 115200
3. Data bits = 8
4. Parity = none
5. Stop bits = 1
6. Flow control = none During the start-up of the TV set, the logging will be displayed. This is also the case during rebooting of the TV set (the same logging appears time after time). Also available in the logging is the “Display Option Code” (useful when there is no picture), look for item “display number xxx” in the beginning of the logging. Tip: when there is no picture available during rebooting you are able to check for “error devices” in the logging (LAYER 2 error) which can be very helpful to determine the failure cause of the reboot. For protection state, there is no logging.

5.8.7 Guidelines Uart logging

Description possible cases:
Uart loggings are displayed:
When Uart loggings are coming out, the first conclusion we can make is that the TV set is starting up and communication with the flash RAM seems to be supported. The Fusion processor is able to read and write in the DRAMs.
We can not yet conclude: Flash RAM and DRAMs are fully operational/reliable.There still can be errors in the data transfers, DRAM errors, read/write speed and timing control.
No Uart logging at all:
No startup will end up in a blinking LED status: error LAYER 1 = “2”, error LAYER 2 = “53” (startup with SDM solder paths continuous short).
Error LAYER 2 = “15” (hardware cause) is more related to a supply issue while error LAYER 2 = “53” (software cause) refers more to boot issues.
Uart loggings reporting fault conditions, error messages, error codes, fatal errors:
Some failures are indicated by error codes in the logging, check with error codes table (see Table “5-2 Error code
overview”). e.g. => <<<ERROR>>>PLFPOW_MERR.C :
First Error (id=10,Layer_1=2,Layer_2=23).
2
C bus errors.
•I
Not all failures or error messages should be interpreted as fault. For instance root cause can be due to wrong option codes settings => e.g. “FpgaDimmingPresent: False/True”.
2012-Oct-12
In the Uart log startup script we can observe and check the enabled loaded option codes.
Defective sectors (bad blocks) in the Nand Flash can also be reported in the logging.
Startup in the SW upgrade application and observe the Uart logging:
Starting up the TV set in the Manual Software Upgrade mode will show access to USB, meant to copy software content from USB to the DRAM. Progress feedback can be found in the logging.
Startup in Jett Mode:
Check Uart logging in Jet mode mentioned as : “JETT UART READY”.

5.8.8 Loudspeakers

Make sure that the volume is set to minimum during disconnecting the speakers in the ON-state of the TV. The audio amplifier can be damaged by disconnecting the speakers during ON-state of the set!

5.8.9 Power Supply

In case of no picture when CSM (test pattern) is activated and backlight doesn’t light up, it’s recommended first to check the LED drivers on the PSL(S) + wiring (LAYER 2 error = 17 is displayed in SDM).

5.8.10 Display option code

Attention: In case the SSB is replaced, always check the display option code number (group 2, first option number e.g. “44855”) in SAM, even when picture is available. Performance with the incorrect display option code can lead to unwanted side-effects for certain conditions.
Also supported in this chassis:
While in the download application (start up in TV mode + “OK” button pressed), the display option code can be changed via 062598 HOME XXX special SAM command (XXX=display option in 3 digits).
back to
div. table
Page 39
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
19070_201_110728.eps
110804
Blue arrows: traces of friction
Red arrows: damaged components
19070_202_110728.eps
110804
Significant risk of damaging the board by the fixation point
SSB fixation points
EN 39QFU2.1E LA 5.

5.8.11 SSB Replacement

Follow the instructions in the flowchart in case a SSB has to be exchanged. See table 5-3 SSB replacement instructions
Step # Action to do Advise / Attention points / Remarks
1 Ensure ESD protection by using a wristband ­2 If SSB is still functional: Go via SAM to “upload to USB” and copy Personal
settings - Option codes - Alignments (Presets) - Set Identification. Advice: because of differences in memor y allocation, it is adv ised to up grade main SW before copying data from existing SSB. Copy of Preset list is
possible from normal user interface. 3 Disconnect set from mains and from antenna. Safety and ESD! 4 Open the set and disconnect LVDS flat cable. Disconnect other cables /
connections. 5 Dismount the (defective) SSB from the set. Do not damage SSB copper tracks with you r tools! Do not scratch bo ttom of SSB (be ve ry ca reful
6 Place new SSB in the set, and fixate/mount carefully. Do not damage SSB copper tracks with your tools! Do no t scratch bottom o f SSB (be ve ry ca reful
7 Connect PSU and other connectors. Insert the optional WiFi module. Make sure that the connectors are correctly plugged-in and locked (click). Special attention for the
8 Connect LVDS connector(s). Be very careful: wrong or bad connection can damage the TCON part on the SSB and damage
9 Connect set to mains and switch TV “On”. Check start-up of the set, backlight switching “On”. 10 If the set does not start (or reboots) check:
- The connectors from the power supply,
- The power supply cable and connection pins,
- LVDS cable connection.
11 Before programming the new SSB, upgrade to latest software. If set is starting
up in software upgrade mode, then first install new software via software
Upgrade Menu or via the autorun.upg file. 12 If set is starting up without picture or menu (OSD), first program the correct
Display Option codes. 13 Go to SAM and program “Set type” and “Serial number”. This is possible via
the NVM editor and virtual keyboard. In case personal settings were
recovered from the defective SSB, you can use an “Upload from USB”. 14 Check if option codes are correct, a nd keys are present. SSBs with integrate d
TCON needs TCON alignment in SAM. 15 Update to latest software (Standby and main software). This step is necessary
to make sure that the (optional) 200Hz T-CON board has the latest software.
16 Once the set is playing, check cable connection between PSU and SSB, by
moving the cable if there are no bad connections. 17 Fill in the Electronic DDF (Defect Description Form ): Fault symptom , TV type
and TV serial number. 18 Install presets or check if all presets are OK. Check in CSM if Type number,
Serial number, Main and Standby software are correct. 19 Check connectivity to Net TV and DLNA. Check AmbiLight functionality. Only for sets having these functionalities. 20 Inform customer about Memory Card, USB, or Hard drive PVR (Personal
Video Recording) recordings.
For a more general overview of steps to follow, refer to figure
5-13 SSB replacement flowchart
.
Upload to USB: A directory “repair” will be created on the USB, and all data will be copied in this directory. On sets with software before Q552-xx-140-x-x, there was an issue by copying the program map table, so it is advised to reinstall the programs from Virgin mode instead of using copy via USB.
Always take care for ESD! Be extra careful when removing connectors!
by moving SSB over SSB supports). See Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12. by moving SSB over SSB supports). See Figure 5-11 and Figure 5-12.
optional WiFi module: a defective WiFi modu le can gi ve rebo ots or no star t-up of the SSB. I n this case do a trial without WiFi module.
the LCD display. Check if flat cables are fitted correctly before closing the connector lock.
Power supply connector must “snap” into the socket.
Some SSB’s will start-up in software upgrade mode, and software needs to be installed before you can program the Display Option codes. It’s adviced to use an autorun.upg file for software upgrade, this in case you have no OSD on the screen.
Use blind service mode “062598” + “Home” button, directly followed by the Display Option code (3 digits). Set will switch to Standby after Display Option code is entered.
Programming “Set type” and “Serial number” is mandatory to have all functionality of the set, like DLNA, Net TV… For certain sets you may need to use ComPair for this.
Validity of HDCP, CI+, Marlin, and WDRM keys can be checked via ComPair.
Even when the SSB already has the latest so ftware, it is man datory to upgrad e again the softw are to update the 200 Hz T-CON part. At the end of the main software update process, a dedicated software is loaded, from the main processor via the LVDS connection, to upgrade the 200 Hz T-CON part. For certain LCD displays, a dedicated Display software patch (autoscript) is available. See General Service info GSC_85590.
Check the two power connectors 1M95 and 1M99. Bad contact or bad connection here can give reboots.
It is mandatory to fill in the E-DDF form (see the “At Your Service” web portal).
Special attention for Standby softw are: check if Stand by software ID i s matching with th e D-RAM’s mounted on the SSB (2 × Elpida = 73, 4 × Elpida = 64, 2 × Hynix = 72, 4 × Hynix = 63).
Inform customer that previous recordings mad e on Memory Card (movie do wnload), USB, or Har d drive will be lost. USB or Hard driv e needs to be re-fo rmatted and match ed with new SSB ( WDRM Keys!).
Table 5-3 SSB replacement instructions
.
Figure 5-11 Mounting attention points [1/2] Figure 5-12 Mounting attention points [2/2]
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 40
EN 40 QFU2.1E LA5.
19070_200_110728.eps
111103
START
C onnect the U SB stick to th e set,
go to SAM and save the current TV settings via Upload to USB
Set is still operating?
Yes
1.
Dismount the defective SSB.
2. Replace the SSB by a Service SSB.
Set behaviour?
Yes
No
No
Instruction note SSB replacement Q55x.x
Before starting:
- prepare a USB memory stick with the latest software
- download the latest Main Software (Fus) from www.p4c.philips.com
- unzip this file
- create a folder ”upgrades” in the root of a USB stick (size > 50 MB) and save the autorun.upg file in this "upgrades" folder. Note: it is possible to rename this file, e.g."Q54x_SW_version.upg"; this in case there are more than one "autorun.upg" files on the USB stick.
No picture displayed
Picture displayed
Set is starting up without software upgrade menu appearing on screen
Picture displayed
Set is starting up with software upgrade menu appearing on screen
Due to a possible wrong display option code in the received Service SSB (NVM), it’s possible that no picture is displayed. Due to this
the download application will not be shown either. This tree enables you to load the main software step-by-step via the UART logging on the PC (this for visual feedback).
Start-up the set
1) Start up the TV set, equiped with the Service SSB, and enable the U
ART logging on the PC.
2) The TV set will start-up automatically in the
download application if main TV software is not loaded.
3) Plug the prepared USB stick into the TV set. Follow the
instructions in the UART log file, press Right” cursor key to enter
the list. Navigate to the “autorun.upg file in the UART logging
printout via the cursor keys on the remote control. When the
correct file is selected, press Ok.
4) Press "Do
wn" cursor and Ok to start flashing the main TV software. Printouts like: L: 1-100%, V: 1-100% and P: 1-100%” should be visible now in the UART logging.
5) Wait until the message “Operation successful !” is logged in
the UART log and remove all inserted media. Restart the TV set.
1) Plug the USB stick into the TV set and select the “autorun .upg file in the display
ed browser.
2) Now the main software will be loaded automatically,
supported by a progress bar.
3) Wait until the message Operation successful !” is displayed and remove all inserted media. Restart the TV set.
Set the correct Display code via “062598 -HOME- xxx where
xxx is the 3 digit display panel code (see stic
ker on the side
or bottom of the cabinet)
After entering the Display Option code, the set is going to
Standby
(= validation of code)
Restart the set
Connect PC via the ComPair interface to Service connector.
Start TV in Jett mode (DVD I + (OSD))
Open ComPair browser Q54x
Program set type number, serial number, and display 12 NC
Prog
ram E - DFU if needed.
Go to SAM and reload settings
via Download from USB function.
In case of settings reloaded from USB, the set type, serial number, display 12 NC, are automatically stored when entering display options.
- Check if correct display option code is programmed.
- Verify “option codes” according to sticker inside the set.
- Default settings fo
r “white drive” > see Service Manual.
Q55x.E SSB Board swap – ER on behalf of VDS Updated 28-07-2011
If not already done:
Check latest software on Service website.
Update main and Stand-by software via USB.
Check and perform alignments in SAM according to the
Service Manual. Option codes, colour temperature, etc.
Final check of all menus in CSM.
Special attention f
or HDMI Keys and Mac address.
Check if E - D F U is present.
End
Attention point for Net TV: If the set type and serial number are not filled in, the Net TV functionality will not work. It will not be possible to connect to the internet.
Saved settings
on USB stick?
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
2012-Oct-12
Figure 5-13 SSB replacement flowchart
back to
div. table
Page 41
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
H_16771_007b.eps
100322
Restart the set
Set is startin g up in Factory mode
Set is starting up in Factor y mod e?
Noisy picture with bands/lines is visible and the
RED LED is continuous on.
An F is displayed (and the HDMI 1
input is displayed).
- Press the volume minus” button on the TVs local keyboard for 5 ~10 seconds
- Press the “SOURCE button for 10 seconds until the F disappears from the screen or the noise on the screen is replaced by “blue mute
The noise on the screen is replaced
with the blue mute or the F is disappeared!
Unplug the mains cord to verify the correct
disabling of the Factory mode.
Program display option code
via 062598 MENU, followed by
the 3 digits code of the display
(this code can be found
on a sticker on - or inside - the set).
After entering display option code, the set is
going in stand-by mode (= validation of code)
EN 41QFU2.1E LA 5.
Figure 5-14 SSB replacement flowchart - Factory mode
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 42
EN 42 QFU2.1E LA5.
18753_211_100811.eps
110810
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.9 Software Upgrading

Always check for the latest software version on the service website in relation to the correct CTN!!!

5.9.1 Introduction

The set software and security keys are stored in a NAND­Flash, which is connected to the Fusion processor.
It is possible for the user to upgrade the main software via the USB port. This allows replacement of a software image in a stand alone set, without the need of an E-JTAG debugger. A description on how to upgrade the main software can be found in the electronic User Manual.
Important: When the NAND-Flash must be replaced, a new SSB must be ordered, due to the presence of the security keys! (CI +, MAC address, ...). Perform the following actions after SSB replacement:
1. Set the correct option numbers (see rearcover sticker).
2. Update the TV software => see the eUM (electronic User Manual) for instructions.
3. Perform the alignments as described in chapter 6 (section
6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB
4. Check in CSM if Set type, MAC address are valid.
For the correct order number of a new SSB, always refer to the Spare Parts list!
).
Figure 5-15 SSB start-up
Automatic Software Upgrade
In “normal” conditions, so when there is no major problem with the TV, the main software and the default software upgrade application can be upgraded with the “AUTORUN.UPG” (FUS part of the one-zip file: e.g. QF1EU_0.88.0.0.zip). This can also be done by the consumers themselves, but they will have to get their software from the commercial Philips website or via the Software Update Assistant in the user menu (see eUM). The “autorun.upg” file must be placed in the root of the USB stick. How to upgrade:
1. Copy “AUTORUN.UPG” to the root of the USB stick.
2. Insert USB stick in the set while the set is operational. The set will restart and the upgrading will start automatically. As soon as the programming is finished, a message is shown to remove the USB stick and restart the set.
Manual Software Upgrade
In case that the software upgrade application does not start automatically, it can also be started manually. How to start the software upgrade application manually:
1. Disconnect the TV from the Mains/AC Power.
2. Press the “OK” button on a Philips TV remote control or a Philips DVD RC-6 remote control (attention : not supported by use of RF4CE remote due to the fact this application is not running yet at the time of the “OK” request). Keep the “OK” button pressed while reconnecting the TV to the Mains/AC Power.
3. The software upgrade application will start.

5.9.2 Main Software Upgrade

The “UpgradeAll.upg” file is only used in the factory.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Attention!
In case the download application has been started manually, the “autorun.upg” will maybe not be recognized.
Page 43
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
What to do in this case:
1. Create a directory “UPGRADES” on the USB stick.
2. Rename the “autorun.upg” to something else, e.g. to “software.upg”. Do not use long or complicated names, keep it simple. Make sure that “AUTORUN.UPG” is no longer present in the root of the USB stick.
3. Copy the renamed “upg” file into this directory.
4. Insert USB stick into the TV.
5. The renamed “upg” file will be visible and selectable in the upgrade application.
Back-up Software Upgrade Application
If the default software upgrade application does not start (could be due to a corrupted boot sector) via the above described method, try activating the “back-up software upgrade application”. How to start the “back-up software upgrade application” manually:
1. Disconnect the TV from the Mains/AC Power.
2. Press the “CURSOR DOWN”-button on a Philips TV remote control while reconnecting the TV to the Mains/AC Power.(attention : not supported by use of RF4CE remote due to the fact this application is not running yet at the time of the “CURSOR-DOWN” request).
3. The back-up software upgrade application will start.

5.9.3 Standby Software Upgrade via USB

EN 43QFU2.1E LA 5.
In this chassis it is possible to upgrade the Standby software via a USB stick. The method is similar as upgrading the main software via USB. Use the following steps:
1. Create a directory “UPGRADES” on the USB stick.
2. Copy the Standby software (one-zip file StandbyUpgrade, e.g. StandbyFactory_61.0.0.00_13.00.00.upg) into this directory.
3. Insert the USB stick into the TV.
4. Start the download application manually (see section “
Manual Software Upgrade”.
5. Select the appropriate file and press the “OK” button to upgrade.

5.9.4 Content and Usage of the One-Zip Software File

Below the content of the One-Zip file is explained, and instructions on how and when to use it.
BLCtrlFPGA_QF1EU_x.x.x.x.zip. Contains the BLCtrlFPGA software in “upg” format.SW version available in CSM 2.5 FPGA video version.Attention : no power interruption allowed during the upgrade process (upgrade not full proof).
FUS_QF1EU_x.x.x.x.zip. Contains the “autorun.upg” which is needed to upgrade the TV main software and the software download application.
StandbyUpgrade_QF1EU_x.x.x.x.zip. Contains the StandbyFactory software in “upg” format.
ProcessNVM_QF1EU_x.x.x.x.zip. Default NVM content. Must be programmed via ComPair or can be loaded via USB, be aware that all alignments stored in NVM are overwritten here.

5.9.5 UART logging 2K12 (see section “5.8 Fault Finding and

Repair Tips, 5.8.6 Logging)
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 44
EN 44 QFU2.1E LA6.

6. Alignments

Index of this chapter:

6.1 General Alignment Conditions

6.2 Hardware Alignments

6.3 Software Alignments

6.4 Option Settings
6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB
6.6 Total Overview SAM modes
6.1 General Alignment Conditions
Perform all electrical adjustments under the following conditions:
Power supply voltage (depends on region): – AP-NTSC: 120 VAC or 230 V – AP-PAL-multi: 120 - 230 V – EU: 230 V
/ 50 Hz ( 10%).
AC
LATAM-NTSC: 120 - 230 V – US: 120 V
/ 60 Hz ( 10%).
AC
Connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer with low internal resistance.
Allow the set to warm up for approximately 15 minutes.
Measure voltages and waveforms in relation to correct ground (e.g. measure audio signals in relation to AUDIO_GND). Caution: It is not allowed to use heat sinks as ground.
Test probe: Ri > 10 M, Ci < 20 pF.
Use an isolated trimmer/screwdriver to perform alignments.

6.1.1 Alignment Sequence

First, set the correct options: – In SAM, select “Option numbers”. – Fill in the option settings for “Group 1” and “Group 2”
according to the set sticker (see also paragraph 6.4
Option Settings).
– Press OK on the remote control before the cursor is
moved to the left.
– In submenu “Option numbers” select “Store” and press
OK on the RC.
•OR: – In main menu, select “Store” again and press OK on
the RC.
– Switch the set to Stand-by.
Warming up (>15 minutes).
6.2 Hardware Alignments
Not applicable.
6.3 Software Alignments
Put the set in SAM mode (see Chapter 5. Service Modes, Error
Codes, and Fault Finding). The SAM menu will now appear on
the screen. Select ALIGNMENTS and go to one of the sub menus. The alignments are explained below. The following items can be aligned:
White point
Ambilight.
TCON alignment : not applicable
Reset TCON alignment : not applicable
To store the data:
Press OK on the RC before the cursor is moved to the
left
In main menu select “Store” and press OK on the RC
Switch the set to stand-by mode.
For the next alignments, supply the following test signals via a video generator to the RF input:
EU/AP-PAL models: a PAL B/G TV-signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 475.25 MHz
US/AP-NTSC models: an NTSC M/N TV-signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 61.25 MHz (channel 3).
2012-Oct-12
/ 50 Hz ( 10%).
AC
/ 50 Hz ( 10%).
AC
/ 50 Hz ( 10%).
AC
Alignments

6.3.1 White Point

back to
div. table
LATAM models: an NTSC M TV-signal with a signal strength of at least 1 mV and a frequency of 61.25 MHz (channel 3).
Choose “Home”, “Setup”, “TV Settings” and then “Picture” and set picture settings as follows:
Picture Setting
Contrast 100 Brightness 50 Colour 0 Light Sensor Off Picture format Unscaled
In menu “Picture”, choose “Pixel Precise HD” and set picture settings as follows:
Picture Setting
Dynamic Contrast Off Dynamic Backlight Off Colour Enhancement Off Gamma (advanced) 0
Go to the SAM and select “Alignments”-> “White point”.
White point alignment LCD screens:
Use a 100% white screen (format: 720p50) to the HDMI input and set the following values: – “Colour temperature”: “Cool”. – All “White point” values to: “127”.
In case you have a colour analyser:
Measure, in a dark environment, with a calibrated contactless colour analyser (Minolta CA-210 or Minolta CS-200) in the centre of the screen and note the x, y value.
Change the pattern to 90% white screen. If a Quantum Data generator is used, select the “GreyAll” test pattern at level = 230.
Adjust the correct x, y coordinates (while holding one of the White point registers R, G or B on 127) by means of decreasing the value of one or two other white points to the correct x, y coordinates (see Table 6-1 White D alignment
values - LED - Minolta CA-200, or 6-2 White D alignment values - LED - Minolta CA-210). Tolerance: dx: 0.002, dy:
0.002.
Repeat this step for the other colour temperatures that need to be aligned.
When finished press OK on the RC and then press STORE (in the SAM root menu) to store the aligned values to the NVM.
Restore the initial picture settings after the alignments.
Table 6-1 White D alignment values - LED - Minolta CA-200
Tint Temperature in K d uv x y
Cool 11000 0.000 0.276 0.282 Normal 9000 0.000 0.287 0.296 Warm 6500 +0.003 0.313 0.329
Table 6-2 White D alignment values - LED - Minolta CA-210
Tint Temperature in K d uv x y
Cool 9940 0.0037 0.279 0.293 Normal 8250 0.0043 0.291 0.308 Warm 6200 0.0058 0.318 0.339
If you do not have a colour analyser, you can use the default values. This is the next best solution. The default values are average values coming from production.
Select a COLOUR TEMPERATURE (e.g. COOL, NORMAL, or WARM).
Page 45
Alignments
EN 45QFU2.1E LA 6.
Set the RED, GREEN and BLUE default values according to the values in Table 6-3
.
When finished press OK on the RC, then press STORE (in the SAM root menu) to store the aligned values to the NVM.
Restore the initial picture settings after the alignments.
Table 6-3 White tone default settings 32"
White Tone e.g. 32PFL6xx7/x Colour Temp R G B
Normal 125 116 117 Cool 103 103 127 Warm 127 103 64
Table 6-4 White tone default settings 37"
White Tone e.g. 37PFL6xx7/x Colour Temp R G B
Normal 123 117 124 Cool 97 102 127 Warm 127 104 72
Table 6-5 White tone default settings 42"
White Tone e.g. 42PFL6xx7/x Colour Temp R G B
Normal 126 119 113 Cool 113 112 127 Warm 127 100 64
Table 6-6 White tone default settings 47"
White Tone e.g. 47PFL6xx7/x Colour Temp R G B
Normal 127 107 107 Cool 119 105 126 Warm 127 92 58
Table 6-7 White tone default settings 55"
White Tone e.g. 55PFL6xx7/x Colour Temp R G B
Normal 127 116 114 Cool 117 112 125 Warm 127 103 71
7. The alignment is stored automatically (tip: don’t switch off the set immediately after the alignment is done, automatic storage can require a time frame of 10 seconds).
Table 6-8 Overview matrix correction table
Matrix # fR fG fB
Matrix 0 1 1 1 Matrix 1 1 0.9 0.9 Matrix 2 0.9 1 0.9 Matrix 3 0.9 0.9 1 Matrix 4 0.9 1 1 Matrix 5 1 0.9 1 Matrix 6 1 1 0.9 Matrix 7 0.95 1 1 Matrix 8 1 0.95 1 Matrix 9 1 1 0.95

6.3.3 TCON alignment (not applicable)

6.4 Option Settings

6.4.1 Introduction

The microprocessor communicates with a large number of I ICs in the set. To ensure good communication and to make digital diagnosis possible, the microprocessor has to know which ICs to address.
Notes:
After changing the option number(s), save them by pressing the “OK” button on the RC before the cursor is moved to the left, select “STORE” in the SAM root menu and press “OK” on the RC.
The new option setting is only active after the TV is switched “off” / “stand-by” and “on” again with the mains switch (the NVM is then read again).

6.4.2 (Service) Options

From 2011 onwards, it is not longer possible to change individual option settings in SAM. Options can only be changed all at once by using the option codes as described in section
.
6.4.3

6.4.3 Opt. No. (Option numbers)

2
C

6.3.2 Ambilight

Each ambient light module is aligned by a matrix and by the brightness. After replacement of a spare module, the brightness/color can be adjust/fine-tuned according the neighbouring modules.
1. Go to SAM.
2. Select “Alignments”.
3. Select “Ambilight”. A white test pattern shall be displayed by the ambilight modules.
4. Select the number of the module that have to be aligned. Module 1 is the first one which will come across according the wiring path, starting at the small signal panel, proceeding towards the ambient light modules one by one after the other. The first module will be attached to the next module 2. Module number 2 to number 3 etc. Herewith the way to define the ambilight module numbering.
5. Align the brightness, use as reference the neighbouring modules output. Adjust now by eye side, the brightness is automatically stored.
6. Select one of 10 matrixes which color matches most with the neighbouring modules. (see table “6-8 Overview matrix
correction table).
back to
div. table
Select this sub menu to set all options at once (expressed in two long strings of numbers). An option number (or “option byte”) represents a number of different options. When you change these numbers directly, you can set all options very quickly. All options are controlled via eight option numbers. When the NVM is replaced, all options will require resetting. To be certain that the factory settings are reproduced exactly, you must set both option number lines. You can find the correct option numbers on the backcover sticker from the TV set. Example: The options sticker gives the following option numbers:
Group 1 : 08192 00133 01387 45160
Group 2 : 12232 04256 00164 00000 The first line (group 1) indicates hardware options 1 to 4, the second line (group 2) indicate software options 5 to 8. Every 5-digit number represents 16 bits (so the maximum value will be 65536 if all options are set). When all the correct options are set, the sum of the decimal values of each Option Byte (OB) will give the option number.
Diversity
Not all sets with the same Commercial Type Number (CTN) necessarily have the same option code!
2012-Oct-12
Page 46
EN 46 QFU2.1E LA6.
18310_221_090318.eps
090319
Alignments
Use of Alternative BOM => an alternative BOM number usually indicates the use of an alternative display or power supply. This results in another display code thus in another Option code. Refer to Chapter 2. Technical Specifications, Diversity, and
Connections.

6.4.4 Option Code Overview

Refer to the backcover sticker in the set for the correct option codes. Important: after having edited the option numbers as described above, you must press OK on the remote control
before the cursor is moved to the left!

6.5 Reset of Repaired SSB

A very important issue towards a repaired SSB from a Service repair shop (SSB repair on component level) implies the reset of the NVM on the SSB. A repaired SSB in Service should get the service Set type “00PF0000000000” and Production code “00000000000000”. Also the virgin bit needs to be set. To set all this, you can use the ComPair tool or use the “NVM editor” and “Setup => TV settings => General settings => Reinstall TV” (virgin mode).
After a repaired SSB has been mounted in the set (set repair on board level), the type number (CTN) and production code + 12NC’s (SSB, display and supply) of the TV has to be set according the type plate of the set (no info on 12NC’s here). For this, you can use the NVM editor in SAM. This action also ensures the correct functioning of the “Smart TV” feature and access to the Smart TV portals. The loading of the CTN and production code can also be done via ComPair (Model number programming).
stick before repair was commenced and that basic functionality of the TV, needed for this procedure, was not hampered as a result of the defect. The procedure of “channel map cloning” is clearly described in the (electronic) user manual.

6.5.1 SSB identification

Whenever ordering a new SSB, it should be noted that the correct ordering number (12nc) of a SSB is located on a sticker on the SSB. The format is <12nc SSB><serial number>. The ordering number of the correct “Service” SSB is the one preceded by the letter “S” in case 2 or more ordering numbers are present on the bar code sticker.
After a SSB repair, the original channel map can be restored, provided that the original channel map was stored on a USB

6.6 Total Overview SAM modes

Table 6-9 SAM mode overview

Main Menu Sub-menu 1 Sub-menu 2 Sub-menu 3 Description
Hardware Info A. SW version e.g. “Q5551_0.9.1.0 Display TV & Stand-by SW version and CTN serial
B. Stand-by processor version e.g. “STDBY_83.84.0.0” C. Production code e.g. “see type plate”
Operation hours Displays the accumulated total of operat ion hours.TV
Errors Displayed the most recent errors Reset error buffer Clears all content in the error buffer Alignment White point Colour temperature Normal 3 different modes of colour temperature can be
Ambilight Select module
Dealer options Virgin mode Off/On Select Virgin mode On/Off. TV starts up / does not
E-sticker Off/On Select E-sticker On/Off (USP’s on-screen) Auto store mode None
Option numbers Group 1 e.g. “00008.00001.15421.02239” The first line (group 1) indicates hardware options 1
Group 2 e.g. “44816.34311.33024.00000” The second line (group 2) indicate s software option s
Store Store after changing
Initialise NVM N.A.
Figure 6-1 SSB identification
number
switched “on/off” & every 0.5 hours is increase one
Warn
Cool White point red LCD White Point Alignment. For values, White point green White point blue
Brightness Select matrix
PDC/VPS TXT page PDC/VPS/TXT
selected
see Table 6-3 White tone default settings 32"
start up (once) with a language selection m enu after the mains switch is turned “on” for the first time (virgin mode)
to 4
5 to 8
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 47
Alignments
Main Menu Sub-menu 1 Sub-menu 2 Sub-menu 3 Description
Store Select Store in the SAM root menu after making any
Operation hours display 0003 In case the display must be swapped for repair, you
Software maintenance Software events Display Display information is for development purposes
Hardware events Display Display information is for development purposes
Test setting Digital info Current frequency: 538
Install start frequency 000 Install start frequency from “0” MHz Install end frequency 999 Install end frequency as “999” MHz Default install frequency Installation Digital only Select Digital only or Digital + Analogue before
Development file versions
Upload to USB Channel list Item “Channel list” removed from the user interface
Download from USB Channel list Item “Channel list” removed from the user interface
NVM editor Type number see type plate NVM editor; re key-in type number and production
Development 1 file version Display parameters DISPT5.0.9.29 Display information is for development purposes
Development 2 file version 12NC one zip software Display information is for development purposes
Personal settings Option codes Alignments Identification data History list All (options included)
Personal settings Option codes Alignments Identification data All (options included)
Production code see type plate
Clear Test reboot Test cold reboot Test application crash
Clear
QAM modulation: 64-qam Display information is for development purposes Symbol rate: Original network ID: 12871 Network ID: 12871 Transport stream ID: 2 Service ID: 3 Hierarchical modulation: 0 Selected video PID: 35 Selected main audio PID: 99 Selected 2nd audio PID: 8191
Digital + Analogue
Acoustics parameters ACSTS
5.0.6.20 PQ - TV550 1.0.27.22 PQS- Profile set PQF - Fixed settings PQU - User styles Ambilight parameters PRFAM 5.0.5.2
Initial main software NVM version Q55x1_0.4.5.0 Flash units software Temp com file version none
changes
can reset the “”Display operation hours” to “0”. So, this one does keeps up the lifetime of the display itself (mainly to compensate the degeneration behaviour)
installation
code after SSB replacement
EN 47QFU2.1E LA 6.
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 48
EN 48 QFU2.1E LA7.
Fusion
HDMI
9385
ETH PHY
USB HUB
USB
AL
PQ
Analogue
BL
FPGA
BL
DVB-T/C
ISDB-T
Analogue
AUDIO
CLASS-D
64/48
DDR 1 GB
4 × 2 Gb
FLASH
1 GB
MLC
FLASH
2 GB
DISPLAY
CI+
AUDIO
AL
BL
Hybrid
Tuner
DVB
T2
DVB-S2
Tuner
DVB
S2
19280_098_120503.eps
120503

7. Circuit Descriptions

Index of this chapter:

7.1 Introduction

7.2 Power Supply
7.3 General Power Architecture
7.4 Back-End Processing
Notes:
•Only new circuits (circuits that are not published recently) are described.
Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due to different set executions.
For a good understanding of the following circuit descriptions, please use the wiring-, block- (see chapter
9. Block Diagrams
) and circuit diagrams (see chapter
Circuit Descriptions
10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification.
). Where
7.1 Introduction
The QFU2.1E LA chassis is part of the FUSION platform and covers sets in the 6xxx range.

7.1.1 FUSION 2011 Architecture Overview

For details about the chassis block diagrams refer to chapter 9.
Block Diagrams. An overview of the FUSION 2012 architecture
can be found in Figure 7-1
.
Figure 7-1 Architecture of FUSION platform 2012
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 49

7.1.2 SSB Cell Layout

19280_099_120503.eps
120503
VGA out
Scart dongle Hybrid tuner DVBS tuner
USB TS
HDMI ARC
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
USB
USB
CA+
Phones
Temperature sensor
Class D
DC-DC
Vx1 SC BL
Fusion SOC
DC-DC
HDMI
MUX
LAN
SPDIF
1M95 (PSU)
+12V AL (PSU)
BL dim (PSU)
To AL
(power + SPI)
UART
usb SKYPE
usb WIFI
analogue inputs
dongles
CTRL
SiS
L,R Subw
Circuit Descriptions
EN 49QFU2.1E LA 7.
Figure 7-2 SSB layout cells (top view)
back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 50
EN 50 QFU2.1E LA7.
19280_100_120503.eps
120503
FPGA
Set NVM
SDM
CA+
Circuit Descriptions
Figure 7-3 SSB layout cells (bottom view)
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 51
Circuit Descriptions
19280_101_120503.eps
1205031
V
STB
V
SSB
8-channel
linear
driver
6 channel
LED Backlight
Boost
PEE3232
L6599
FSL106
OZ9909TN
V
SND
STBY
ACin
198 V-264V
Line filter
Resonant converter
PFC
Diode
bridge
19280_102_120504.eps
120504
Normal operation
Apply the mains voltage (ACin)
Pull the Standby pin to LOW (GND)
Pull the BL_ON_OFF pin to HIGH (3.3 V)
Check the main supply at C203: measure 12.3 V Check the audio supply at C206: measure 12.3 V
Check the PFC voltage at C644 PFC present: measure 380 V to 400 V PFC not present: measure ACin × 2
No turn on
Check First step Second step
Check the entire block (PC102, VCC, etc.)
Check the entire block (V
CC
, ICs, etc.)
Allow the power supply to start-up a few times
Check the Standby voltage
at C306: measure 3.3 V
Check the reference voltage of the
LED Driver (U401): measure approximately 5.96 V
Check the fuse (F101)
Check the entire block (VCC, ICs, etc.)
EN 51QFU2.1E LA 7.

7.2 Power Supply

7.2.1 Power Supply Unit

For 32", 37", and 55" sets, power supply units should be repaired on component level. Detailed information is given in sections 7.2.2 box for Service. When any of these power supplies is defective, a new board must be ordered and the defective one must be returned, unless the main fuse of the board is broken. Always replace a defective fuse with one with the correct specifications! This part is available in the regular market. Consult the Philips Service web portal for the order codes of the boards.
and 7.2.3. All other power supplies are a black
SAFETY INSTRUCTION
Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h, only by components identical to the original ones. Any other component substitution (other than original type) may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard.

7.2.2 PLDC-P109B (32" sets) and PLDD-P109A (37" sets)

The output voltages to the chassis are:
•V
•V
•V
(+3.3 V; stand-by mode)
STB
(+12.3 V; on-mode)
SSB
(+12.3 V; audio circuit).
SND
Following checks have to be performed:
check fuse (F101)
standby check V
PFC voltage check (C644), measure 380 - 400 V; if no PFC applied, measure 311 @ 220 V
multi-level check V
multi-level check V
reference voltage check (U401), measure 5.96 V (appr.).
Figure 7-4 Block diagram 32" & 37"
Figure 7-5 Test instructions 32" & 37"
(C306), measure 3.3 V
STB
(C203), measure 12.3 V
SSB
(C206), measure 12.3V
SND

7.2.3 PLDK-P107B (55" sets)

back to
div. table
The output voltages to the chassis are:
•V
•V
•V
(+3.3 V; stand-by mode)
STB
(+12.3 V; on-mode)
SSB
(+12.3 V; audio circuit).
SND
2012-Oct-12
Page 52
EN 52 QFU2.1E LA7.
19280_101_120503.eps
1205031
V
STB
V
SSB
8-channel
linear
driver
6 channel
LED Backlight
Boost
PEE3232
L6599
FSL106
OZ9909TN
V
SND
STBY
ACin
198 V-264V
Line filter
Resonant converter
PFC
Diode
bridge
19283_001_121009.eps
121009
Normal operation
Apply the mains voltage (ACin)
Pull the Standby pin to LOW (GND)
Pull the BL_ON_OFF pin to HIGH (3.3 V)
Check the main supply at C203: measure 12.3 V Check the audio supply at C202: measure 12.3 V
Check the PFC voltage at C646 PFC present: measure 380 V to 400 V PFC not present: measure ACin × 2
No turn on
Check First step Second step
Check the entire block (PC102, VCC, etc.)
Check the entire block (V
CC
, ICs, etc.)
Allow the power supply to start-up a few times
Check the Standby voltage
at C301: measure 3.3 V
Check the reference voltage of the
LED Driver (U401): measure approximately 5.96 V
Check the fuse (F101)
Check the entire block (VCC, ICs, etc.)
Circuit Descriptions
Figure 7-6 Block diagram 55"
Following checks have to be performed:
check fuse (F101)
standby check V
(C301), measure 3.3 V
STB
PFC voltage check (C646), measure 380 - 400 V; if no PFC applied, measure 311 @ 220 V
multi-level check V
multi-level check V
reference voltage check (U401), measure 5.96 V (appr.).

7.3 General Power Architecture

For the power architecture refer to figure 7-8 and 7-9. For start-up steps (for trouble-shooting), refer to figure 7-10
(C203), measure 12.3 V
SSB
(C202), measure 12.3V
SND
The start-up sequence is marked with numbers in red.
2012-Oct-12
Figure 7-7 Test instructions 55"
.
back to
div. table
Page 53

Figure 7-8 General power architecture

19280_103_120504.eps
120504
AC-in
1M99/1M11
1M95
1M09
1308
1316 1319
Display
Ambi-light
SSB
1M54
19210_075_120504.eps
120504
PSU
STANDBY
+12V
PLF
Fusion
SoC
12V
Undervoltage
detect
POWER-OK
3V3stby
DETECT12V
AC in
Tcon
DC-DC
LCD-PWR-ONn
DC-DC
converters
LED driver
+3V3-STANDBY
Ethernet
PHY
switch +3V3-LAN
SPLASH-ON
STANDBYn
ENABLE-WOLAN
internal
Wifi dongle
AL
+3V3ALswitch
+3V3
ENABLE-3V3-AMBI
Circuit Descriptions
EN 53QFU2.1E LA 7.

Figure 7-9 Functional supply overview

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 54
EN 54 QFU2.1E LA7.
10000_000full_090126.eps
091118
Circuit Descriptions

7.4 Back-End Processing

For the configuration, refer to Figure 7-11.

Figure 7-10 Functional power overview - power sequence

2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 55
Circuit Descriptions
19210_065_120504.eps
120507
EN 55QFU2.1E LA 7.

Figure 7-11 Back-end configuration xxPFL6xxx/xx series

back to
div. table
2012-Oct-12
Page 56
EN 56 QFU2.1E LA8.
19220_025_120227.eps
120227
Block diagram
Pinning information
TSIF
I2C IF
SCL SDA
RFAIN
TTUSCL
TTUSDA
TAINP (IF)
TAINM (IF)
GPIO1 (PWM)
TIFAGC
XTALI
XTALO
41MHz or
20.5 MHz
IF+ IF-
(RFAGC-MON)
(RFAGC)
IFAGC
SCL
SDA
TUNER
MPEG
Decoder
TSCLK
TSVALID
TSSYNC
TSDATA7-0
TSCLK
TSVALID
TSSYNC
TSDATA7-0
SCL SDA
DVB-T2
Demodulator
LDPC/BCH
Decoder
Stream
Processor
RS Decoder
TS
Smoothing
DVB-T
Demodulator
DVB-C
Demodulator
OSC
PLL
10-bit
ADC
12-bit
ADC
AGC
GPIO
IC Data Sheets

8. IC Data Sheets

This chapter shows the internal block diagrams and pin configurations of ICs that are drawn as “black boxes” in the

8.1 Diagram 10-2-7 B02A, Tuner-channel decoder B02A, CXD2834 (IC7KC0)

electrical diagrams (with the exception of “memory” and “logic” ICs).
2012-Oct-12

Figure 8-1 Internal block diagram and pin configuration

back to
div. table
Page 57

9. Block Diagrams

1M
1M95 1T71 1M99 1A04 1C31
1G51 1G50 1C20/
1C21
1D02 1D01
CN4(1M95)
CN3
CN5(1M99)
CN1
Panel
41pin 51pin
Woofer
tweeter
Wifi
Wifi Ant Wifi Ant
Panel Lamp
Mains
Temperature
sensor
AL
1A02 1A04
AL
1A02
1A04
tweeter
19280_089_120501.eps
120501
6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 32"
8M958M95
52135213
52165216
8M998M99
83088308
8G508G50
10041004
8G518G51
8A048A04
8B208B20
11621162
11621162
8C20/8C21*8C20/8C21*
* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is used
8C318C31
optionaoptional
8B118B11 8B108B10
11151115
Board Level Repair
Component Level Repair
Only for authorized workshops
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
(1005)
B
SSB
(1150)
Sensor
(1122)
J
Keyboard Control Panel
(1114)
E
52165216

9.1 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 32"

Block Diagrams
EN 57QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 58

9.2 6000 series, 2 siede AmbiLight 37"

1M951T71 1M99 1A04 1C31
1G51 1G501C20/
1C21
1D021D01
CN4(1M95)
CN3
CN5(1M99)
CN1
Panel
41pin 51pin
Woofer
tweeter
Wifi
Wifi Ant Wifi Ant
Panel Lamp
Mains
AL
1A02 1A04
CN2
tweeter
AL
1A02
1A04
Temperature
sensor
optionaoptional
Keyboard Control Panel
(1114)
E
Sensor
(1122)
J
19280_092_120501.eps
120501
6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 37"
8M958M95
8M998M99
83088308
8G508G50
8G518G51
8A048A04
8B208B20
11621162
11621162
8C20/8C21*8C20/8C21*
10041004
* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is usedFor RF4CE cable 8C21 is used
8C318C31
52165216
8B118B11
11151115
8B108B10
Board Level Repair
Component Level Repair
Only for authorized workshops
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
(1005)
B
SSB
(1150)
52135213
Block Diagrams
EN 58QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 59

9.3 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 42"

1M95 1T71 1M99 1A04 1C31
1G51 1G50 1C20/
1C21
1D02 1D01
Panel
41pin 51pin
Woofer
tweeter
Wifi
Wifi Ant Wifi Ant
Panel Lamp
Mains
CN2
CN1
CN3
CN5 (1M99)
CN4 (1M95)
AL
1A02
1A04 1A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
tweeter
Temperature
sensor
19280_090_120501.eps
120501
6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 42"
8M958M95
8M998M99
83088308
8G508G50
8G518G51
8A048A04
8B208B20
52135213
52165216
11621162
11621162
8C20/8C21*8C20/8C21*
* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is usedFor RF4CE cable 8C21 is used
8C318C31
8B118B11 8B108B10
11151115
10041004
Board Level Repair
Component Level Repair
Only for authorized workshops
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
(1005)
B
SSB
(1150)
Sensor
(1122)
J
Keyboard Control Panel
(1114)
E
52165216
optionaoptional
Block Diagrams
EN 59QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 60

9.4 6000 series, 3 sided AmbiLight 42"

1M95 1T71 1M99 1A04 1C31
1G51 1G50 1C20/
1C21
1D02 1D01
Panel
41pin 51pin
Woofer
tweeter
Wifi
Wifi Ant
Panel Lamp
Mains
CN2
CN1
CN3
CN5 (1M99)
CN4 (1M95)
AL
1A02 1A04 1A05
Wifi Ant
tweeter
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
Temperature
sensor
optionaoptional
19280_091_120501.eps
120501
6000 series, 3 sided AmbiLight 42"
8M958M95
8M998M99
83088308
8G508G50
8G518G51
8A048A04
8B238B23
11641164
11641164
11641164
11611161
8B228B22
8B218B21
8C20/8C21*8C20/8C21*
* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is usedFor RF4CE cable 8C21 is used
8C318C31
8B118B11
11151115
52165216
52135213
52165216
10041004
8B108B10
Sensor
(1122)
J
Keyboard Control Panel
(1114)
E
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
(1005)
B
SSB
(1150)
Board Level Repair
Component Level Repair
Only for authorized workshops
Block Diagrams
EN 60QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 61

9.5 Infinity series, 2 sided AmbiLight 42"

19282_006_120920.eps
120920
Infinity series, 2 sided AmbiLight 42"
Block Diagrams
EN 61QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 62

9.6 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 47"

1M951T71 1M99 1A04 1C31
1G51 1G501C20/
1C21
1D021D01
Panel
41pin 51pin
Woofer
tweeter
Wifi
WifiAnt WifiAnt
Panel Lamp
Mains
CN2
CN1
CN3
CN5 (1M99)
CN4 (1M95)
AL
1A02 1A041A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
tweeter
Temperature
sensor
optionaoptional
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
(1005)
B
SSB
(1150)
19280_093_120501.eps
120501
6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 47"
8M958M95
8M998M99
83088308
8G508G50
8G518G51
8A048A04
8B208B20
11621162
11621162
8C20/8C21*8C20/8C21*
* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is usedFor RF4CE cable 8C21 is used
8C318C31
8B118B11
11151115
52165216
52135213
8B108B10
10041004
Board Level Repair
Component Level Repair
Only for authorized workshops
52165216
Keyboard Control Panel
(1114)
E
Sensor
(1122)
J
Block Diagrams
EN 62QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 63

9.7 6000 series, 3 sided AmbiLight 47"

1M951T71 1M99 1A04 1C31
1G51 1G501C20/
1C21
1D021D01
Panel
41pin 51pin
Woofer
tweeter
Wifi
WifiAtt WifiAnt
Panel Lamp
Mains
CN2
CN1
CN3
CN5 (1M99)
CN4 (1M95)
AL
1A02 1A041A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
AL
1A02
1A04
1A05
tweeter
Temperature
sensor
optionaoptional
19280_094_120501.eps
120501
6000 series, 3 sided AmbiLight 47"
8M958M95
8M998M99
83088308
8G508G50
8G518G51
8A048A04
8B238B23
8B228B22
1161116111641164
11641164
11641164
8B218B21
8C20/8C21*8C20/8C21*
* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used* For non RF4CE cable 8C20 is used For RF4CE cable 8C21 is usedFor RF4CE cable 8C21 is used
8C318C31
8B118B11
52165216
52135213
11151115
10041004
8B108B10
52165216
A
MAIN POWER SUPPLY
(1005)
B
SSB
(1150)
Sensor
(1122)
J
Keyboard Control Panel
(1114)
E
Block Diagrams
EN 63QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 64

9.8 Infinity series, 2 sided AmbiLight 47"

19282_007_120920.eps
120920
Infinity series, 2 sided AmbiLight 47"
Block Diagrams
EN 64QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 65

9.9 6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 55"

19282_005_120920.eps
120920
6000 series, 2 sided AmbiLight 55"
Block Diagrams
EN 65QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 66
VIDEO
B02B
DVBS-FE
B02A
TUNER-CHANNEL DECODER
B02A
TUNER-CHANNEL DECODER
B06M
FE
ONLY **PFL***7/K**
ONLY **PFL***7/T**
B06A
HDMI
B03x
FUSION
B05B
ANALOGUE EXTERNALS
B06G
ANALOGUE EXTERNALS
B04F
AUDIO-VIDEO
B07D
CI
B06L
CONDITIONAL ACCESS
B04B
LVDS
B06C
USB
B07C
USB INTERN
RES
UMAC 0 DDR3
B03D
UMAC 1 DDR3
B03C
19280_066_120426.eps
120426
M1-MA(0-15)
D(8-15)
M1-MD(0-15)
M0-MA(0-31)
D(0-15)
D(16-31)
M0-MD(0-15)
TS-CHDEC-VALID
TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-CHDEC-VALID TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-INT-VALID
TS-INT-SOP
TS-INT-CLOCK
TS-INT-DATA
IP IM
XTAL
QP
QM
AGC
IF_AGC IF-N-DVBT2 IF-P-DVBT2
SOC-IF-AGC
IF-IN-P
IF-IN-N
ERX2+ ERX2­ERX1+ ERX1­ERX0+ ERX0-
ERXC+
ERXC-
BRX2+ BRX2­BRX1+ BRX1­BRX0+ BRX0-
BRXC+
BRXC-
CRX2+
CRX2-
CRX1+
CRX1-
CRX0+
CRX0-
CRXC+
CRXC-
DRX2+
DRX2-
DRX1+
DRX1-
DRX0+
DRX0-
DRXC+
DRXC-
ARX2+ ARX2­ARX1+ ARX1­ARX0+ ARX0-
ARXC+
ARXC-
HDMIF-RXC+
HDMIF-RXC­HDMIF-RX0+
HDMIF-RX0-
HDMIF-RX1+
HDMIF-RXC+
HDMIF-RX1-
HDMIF-RX2+
HDMIF-RX2-
SC1-R
SC1-B
SC1-G
SC1-CVBS
PB1-IN
Y1-IN
PR1-IN
R1-VGA G1-VGA B1-VGA
H-SYNC-VGA
V-SYNC-VGA
PR-R3 Y-G 3 PB-B3 CVBS3
SC1-STATU S
FS1
SC1-BLK
FB1
PR-R1 Y-G1 PB-B1
PCHS
PCVS
Y-G2
DRXC-
DRX0-
PR1-IN
PB-B2
PR-R2
CVBS1
CVBS1 CVBS
+5VCA
+3V3
CA-MDO(0-7)
MDO(0-7)
CA-MDI(0-7)
CA-D(0-7)
CA-A(0-13)
MDI(0-7)
USB-MAIN-DM
USB-MAIN-DP
USB-PORTA-DM
USB-PORTA-DP
+5V-PORTA
USB-PORTB-DM USB-PORTB-DP
+5V-PORTB
USB-SET-DM
USB-SET-DP
USB1-DM
USB1-DP
USB-MAIN-DM
USB-MAIN-DP
USB2-DM
USB2-DP
cEC0
cEC1
+5V-HDD
USB-WIFI-DM
USB-WIFI-DP
+3V3-LAN
USB-CAM-DM USB-CAM-DP
+5V
D(0-7)
TX3
TX4
TX1
TX2
SDRAM 256Mx8
7J01 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM 256Mx8
7J02 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J03 H5TQ2G63BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J04 H5TQ2G63BFR
AC29 AC30
2VWB
7HA0 SII9387ACT
HDMI
SWITCH
R1X
R4X
R2X
R3X
6 5 4
3
2 1
100
99
15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
33 32 31 30
29 28 27 26
19
1
18 2
HDMI 5
CONNECTOR
19
1
18 2
HDMI 2
CONNECTOR
19
1
18 2
HDMI 3
CONNECTOR
19
1
18 2
HDMI 4
CONNECTOR
TXC_N
TXC_P
TX0_N
TX0_P
TX1_N
TX1_P
TX2_N
TX2_P
1
1H05
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
1
1H04
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
1
1H03
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
1
1H02
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
21
7RA0 STV6110A
DVB-S
TUNER
7RA1 STV0903BAC
DVB-S CHANNEL DECODER
7
SAT IN
20
8
48
37
32
122
18
12
19
11
2
16
78 75 74 73
4
3
5
8
4
2FS2
3FA3
1F00 SUT-RE214Z
IF2-_P
MAIN HYBRID
TUNER
7
8
RF IN
1RA0
16M
31
30
9RC2-1
9RC2-4
9RC2-2
9RC2-3
1R01
7KC0 CXD2834R
DVBT2
CHANNEL
DECODER
38
9
5FA4
5FA5
AGC2
2FS1
IF2-_N
3FA4
3KA1
5KC9
5KC8
3KA0
IF1-_N
IF1-_P
2
3
5KC0
5KC1
2KCE
2KCF
3KCB 3KCA
AGC1
4
7FA1,2
EF
5FS1
5FS2
R0X
97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90
19
1
18 2
HDMI 1
CONNECTOR
1
1H01
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
7J00 FUSION120
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
TSSDEN TSSSYNC TSSCLK TSSDI
T26 U30 U29 U28
IN_P
F30
IN_N
F29
TAGCO_IF
F27
80 81
`82
87
83
85
86
84
B30 C30 A29 B29 A28 B28 A27 B27
AV_IN_OUT
B03E
RXC_P
RXC_N RX0_P RX0_N RX1_P RX1_N RX2_P RX2_N
SCART
YPBPR
1
6
10
11
5
15
VGA
CONNECTOR
18
14
5
1VA1
9
17
10
1VA5
2
3
14
13
1VA8
2VW9 2VWA 2VW2
C18 C20 C19 B16
PR-R3 Y-G 3
PB-B3 CVBS3
9VW4
FS1
C17
3VWW
B17
FB1
2VW5 2VW3 2VW4
9VW1 9VW2
PR_R1 Y_G1
PB_B1
A18 A20 A19
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
PCHS PCVS
J28 J27
3VA9 3VAD
3VAH 3VAJ
2VW6
2VW7
2VW8
AV_IN_OUT
B03E
Y_G2
B20
cVC4
cVC5
C2S2
C2S8
PB_B2
B19
PR_R2
B18
CVBS
2VW1
1VA4
CVBS1
C15
PCMCIA
CONDITIONAL
ACCESS
20
7PA1,2 74LVC245APW
BUFFER
1P00
68P
51 52
18
17
3PW2,3
FLASH CI_GPIO
B03A
FRDx_PODDx
FRDx_PODAx
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
TS1Dx
TS2ODx
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
AB29
AB30
D1_P
D1_N
1
11
10
2
6
3
4
2
1
3
1E03
4
7EA0 CY7C65632
USB HUB
1EA0
12M
7
2
1
3
1E02
4
12 13
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
cEC2
cEC4
D2_P
D2_N
2
1
3
1E01
4
11
10
7EH1 CY7C65634
1EH1
12M
6 7
2
1
3
1C31
4
USB HUB
1 2
3
4
2
1
3
1C30
4
9EHA
9EHB
1
FUSION
UMAC
CONTROLLER
M1-MD
M1-MA
M0-MD
M0-MA
DDR3
B03B
TO DISPLAY
TO DISPLAY
1G51
40
11
1G50
32
3

9.10 Block Diagram Video

Block Diagrams
EN 66QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 67
AUDIO
B02B
DVBS-FE
B02A
TUNER-CHANNEL DECODER
B02A
TUNER-CHANNEL DECODER
B06M
FE
ONLY **PFL***7/K**
ONLY **PFL***7/T**
B06A
HDMI
B03x
FUSION
B05B
ANALOGUE EXTERNALS
B06G
ANALOGUE EXTERNALS
B04F
AUDIO-VIDEO
B07D
CI
B06L
CONDITIONAL ACCESS
B06C
USB
B07C
USB INTERN
UMAC 0 DDR3
B03D
UMAC 1 DDR3
B03C
19280_067_120426.eps
120426
B05A
CLASS-D AMPLIFIER
PASSIVE 2.1
ACTIVE 2.1
B07B
HEADPHONE
B06Q
CONTROL
B01A
B06Q
B06Q
B05A
B07B
B06B
B06B
B06B
B06B
B06B
B06B
HDMI-ARC
B06B
B06B
B06B
B06B
B06B
B06Q B06Q
B06Q
B06P
HDMI
B06K
AUDIO
SOUND
IN
STAND
B06B B06B
B06B
RES
+3V3
SPDIFO
HARC0
M1-MA(0-15)
D(8-15)
M1-MD(0-15)
M0-MA(0-31)
D(0-15)
D(16-31)
M0-MD(0-15)
TS-CHDEC-VALID
TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-CHDEC-VALID TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-INT-VALID
TS-INT-SOP
TS-INT-CLOCK
TS-INT-DATA
IP IM
XTAL
QP QM
AGC
IF_AGC IF-N-DVBT2 IF-P-DVBT2
SOC-IF-AGC
IF-IN-P
IF-IN-N
ERX2+ ERX2­ERX1+ ERX1­ERX0+ ERX0-
ERXC+
ERXC-
BRX2+ BRX2­BRX1+ BRX1­BRX0+ BRX0-
BRXC+
BRXC-
CRX2+
CRX2-
CRX1+
CRX1-
CRX0+
CRX0-
CRXC+
CRXC-
DRX2+
DRX2-
DRX1+
DRX1-
DRX0+
DRX0-
DRXC+
DRXC-
ARX2+ ARX2­ARX1+ ARX1­ARX0+ ARX0-
ARXC+
ARXC-
HDMIF-RXC+
HDMIF-RXC­HDMIF-RX0+
HDMIF-RX0-
HDMIF-RX1+
HDMIF-RXC+
HDMIF-RX1-
HDMIF-RX2+
HDMIF-RX2-
SC-RIN
SC-LIN
AR-4 AL-4
VGA-RIN
+5VCA
+3V3
CA-MDO(0-7)
MDO(0-7)
CA-MDI(0-7)
CA-D(0-7)
CA-A(0-13)
MDI(0-7)
USB-MAIN-DM
USB-MAIN-DP
USB-PORTA-DM
USB-PORTA-DP
+5V-PORTA
USB-PORTB-DM USB-PORTB-DP
+5V-PORTB
USB-SET-DM
USB-SET-DP
USB1-DM
USB1-DP
USB-MAIN-DM
USB-MAIN-DP
USB2-DM
USB2-DP
+5V-HDD
USB-WIFI-DM
USB-WIFI-DP
+3V3-LAN
USB-CAM-DM USB-CAM-DP
+5V
D(0-7)
WSI2SOUT
SCKI2SOUT
SDI2SOUT1
AUDIO-MUTEn
DETECT12V
HPHOL HPHOR
L+
L-
R+
R-
L+
L-
R+
R-
L+
L-
R+
R-
RESET-FUSION-OUTnSTB_RST0
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
VGA-LIN
AL-3 AR-3
HARC3
HARC2
HARC1
HARC0
HARC4
HARC1 HARC2 HARC3 HARC4
ARC-SEL0 ARC-SEL1 ARC-SEL2
HDMI-ARC
HEAC
SPEAKER-DETECTn
ARC-SEL0 ARC-SEL1 ARC-SEL2
cEC0
cEC1
3D81
1J50
1
2
3
SPDIF OUT
13
5XXX
9xxx
SDRAM 256Mx8
7J01 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM 256Mx8
7J02 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J03 H5TQ2G63BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J04 H5TQ2G63BFR
AC29 AC30
2VWE
7HA0 SII9387ACT
HDMI
SWITCH
R1X
R4X
R2X
R3X
6 5 4
3
2 1
100
99
15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
33 32 31 30
29 28 27 26
19
1
18 2
HDMI 5
CONNECTOR
19
1
18 2
HDMI 2
CONNECTOR
19
1
18 2
HDMI 3
CONNECTOR
19
1
18 2
HDMI 4
CONNECTOR
TXC_N
TXC_P
TX0_N
TX0_P
TX1_N
TX1_P
TX2_N
TX2_P
1
1H05
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
14
21
7RA0 STV6110A
DVB-S
TUNER
7RA1 STV0903BAC
DVB-S CHANNEL DECODER
7
SAT IN
20
8
48
37
32
122
18
12
19
11
2
16
78 75 74 73
4
3
5
8
4
2FS2
3FA3
1F00 SUT-RE214Z
IF2-_P
MAIN HYBRID
TUNER
7
8
RF IN
1RA0
16M
31
30
9RC2-1
9RC2-4
9RC2-2
9RC2-3
1R01
7KC0 CXD2834R
DVBT2
CHANNEL
DECODER
38
9
5FA4
5FA5
AGC2
2FS1
IF2-_N
3FA4
3KA1
5KC9
5KC8
3KA0
IF1-_N
IF1-_P
2
3
5KC0
5KC1
2KCE
2KCF
3KCB 3KCA
AGC1
4
7FA1,2
EF
5FS1
5FS2
R0X
97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90
19
1
18 2
HDMI 1
CONNECTOR
7J00 FUSION120
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
TSSDEN TSSSYNC TSSCLK TSSDI
T26 U30 U29 U28
IN_P
F30
IN_N
F29
TAGCO_IF
F27
80 81
`82
87
83
85
86
84
B30 C30 A29 B29 A28 B28 A27 B27
AV_IN_OUT
B03E
RXC_P
RXC_N RX0_P RX0_N RX1_P RX1_N RX2_P RX2_N
SCART
19
1VA1
23
2VWF
E23 D23
AR_4 AL_4
3VA8
AUDIO
VGA/DVI
1VA6
AR_3
A23
PCMCIA
CONDITIONAL
ACCESS
20
7PA1,2 74LVC245APW
BUFFER
1P00
68P
51 52
18
17
3PW2,3
FLASH CI_GPIO
B03A
FRDx_PODDx
FRDx_PODAx
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
TS1Dx
TS2ODx
AV_IN_OUT
B03E
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
AB29
AB30
D1_P
D1_N
1
11
10
2
6
3
4
2
1
3
1E03
4
7EA0 CY7C65632
USB HUB
1EA0
12M
7
2
1
3
1E02
4
12 13
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
cEC2
cEC4
D2_P
D2_N
2
1
3
1E01
4
11
10
7EH1 CY7C65634
1EH1
12M
6 7
2
1
3
1C31
4
USB HUB
1 2
3
4
2
1
3
1C30
4
9EHA
9EHB
FUSION
UMAC
CONTROLLER
M1-MD
M1-MA
M0-MD
M0-MA
DDR3
B03B
1D01
1
2
SPEAKER L
3
4
SPEAKER R
SPEAKER
WOOFER
1D02
1 2
3
7D60 TAS5731
CLASS D
POWER
AMPLIFIER
1
46
39
36
5D78
5D75
20 22
9D52
9D54
21 15
19
7D50-2
25
7D50-1
5D80
5D72
1D01
1
2
SPEAKER L
3
4
SPEAKER R
SPEAKER
WOOFER
1D02
1 2
3
5D71
5D81
5D77
5D83
7DH1 TPA6111
AMPLI-
FIER
12 76
7DH0-1,2
5
HEADPHONE
OUT 3.5 mm
1DH4
Y27
WSI2SOUT
AA30
SDI2SOUT1
Y26
SCKI2SOUT
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
H26
MUTE
3D63
7D70
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
J29
STB_RSTO
3CUC
AV_IN_OUT
B03E
HPHOL HPHOR
B21 A21
3VA7
3VW9
3VW7
3VC7
2VWK
3VWK
AL_3
B23
3VC6
2VWJ
3VWH
1
1H04
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
14
1
1H03
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
14
1
1H02
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
14
1
1H01
3
4
7
9 10 12
6
14
14
5XXX
9xxx
15
5XXX
9xxx
12
5XXX
9xxx
1
5XXX
9xxx
7HD0 74HC4052
11 10
9
3
3HW1
T27
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
HEAC
AV_IN_OUT
B03E
E26
SPDIFO
1D35
1 2
3
FLASH_CI_ GPIO
B03A
R30
HPD
MUX
7CW1 PCA9554
I/O
EXPANDER
7
8
9

9.11 Block Diagram Audio

Block Diagrams
EN 67QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 68

9.12 Block Diagram Control & Clock Signals

CONTROL + CLOCK SIGNALS
19280_069_120426.eps
120426
B03x
FUSION
B01A
CONNECTORS AND PROTECTIONS
B04B
B06Q
B04A B07F B07E
B04A
B01F
MISCELLANEOUS
B07F
B06Q B07F
B06Q
B06Q
B04A
B04A
B03A B06Q
SEE I2C DIAGRAM
SEE I2C DIAGRAM
B02B
DVBS FE
B02A
TUNER-CHANNEL DECODER
ONLY **PFL***7/T**
B06Q
UMAC 0 DDR3
B03D
UMAC 1 DDR3
B03C
CONNECTOR - BACKLIGHT
B04D
B03E
B03E
B03E
RES
B04A
B06A
HDMI
B04A
B06C
USB
B07C
USB INTERN
B06Q
B06Q
SERVICE
B06D
MAINSTREAM TV
ONLY
HOTEL TV ONLY
B06E
ETHERNET
B06Q
B06Q
NAND-FLASH + EEPROM
B06F
B06L
CONDITIONAL ACCESS
B07D
CI
B04A
CONTROL
B01A
B04D
B06Q
CONTROL
B01A B01F
B01F B01F B01F B02A B06C
B07C
B06E
B06E
B01A B01F
B01A B04B
B06A
SERIAL FLASH
B06N
B07E
FPGA - POWER & CONTROL
6000
SERIES
B07F
FPGA - I/O BANKS
B01F
B01F
B04B
B03A
FUSION
B01F B04B B04B
B03E
FUSION
B04D B04D B04D
B04B
RES
RES
RES
RES
KEYBOARD_IRQ2-SRFn
STANDBYn
BL-ON BL-DIM
BL-DIM1
BL-I-CTRL
POWER-OK
BL-DIM(1-8)
LIGHT-SENSOR
3D-LED_3D-RF LED2
KEYBOARD_IRQ2-SRFn +3V3-STANDBY
RC_IRQ-RF4CEn
+5V
TXD-RF4CE
RXD-RF4CE
LED1
SPEAKER-DETECTn
RESET-RF4CE
TS-INT-VALID
TS-INT-SOP
TS-INT-CLOCK
TS-INT-DATA
IP IM
XTAL
QP
QM
AGC
TS-CHDEC-VALID
TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-CHDEC-VALID TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-DATA
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
M1-MA(0-15)
M1-MD(0-15)
D(0-7)
D(8-15)
M0-MA(0-31)
D(0-15)
M0-MD(0-15)
D(16-31)
M1-CONTROL
M0-CONTROL
BL-SPI-CLK-FUS BL-SPI-SDO-FUS BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL-FUS
BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL
BL-SPI-CLK BL-SPI-SDO
BL-DIM
ARX-HOTPLUG BRX-HOTPLUG CRX-HOTPLUG DRX-HOTPLUG ERX-HOTPLUG
PCEC-HDMI HDMI-CEC
HDMIF-RX
RESET-HDMI-MUXn
USB-MAIN-DM
USB-MAIN-DP
USB-PORTA-DM
USB-PORTA-DP
+5V-PORTA
USB-PORTB-DM USB-PORTB-DP
+5V-PORTB
USB-SET-DM
USB-SET-DP
USB1-DM
USB1-DP
USB-MAIN-DM
USB-MAIN-DP
USB2-DM
USB2-DP
+5V-HDD
USB-WIFI-DM
USB-WIFI-DP
+3V3-LAN
USB-CAM-DM USB-CAM-DP
+5V
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
+3V3
RXD-SERVICE
TXD-SERVICE
EN-MDIO
EN-MDC
ETH-TXD
ETH-RXD
RESET-ETHERNETn
EN-RXC
EN-RXEN
EN-TXEN
IRQ-WOLANn
FRA(0-12)
F-READY
F-OEn F-CEn
NAND-ALE NAND-CLE
F-WEn
+5VCA
+3V3
CA-MDO(0-7)
MDO(0-7)
CA-MDI(0-7)
CA-D(0-7)
CA-A(0-13)
MDI(0-7)
BL-DIM-FUS
BL-DIM
PWRON LGSEN KYBRD IR
STB-P8 STB-RSTO STB-P7
HP-DETECT
STANDBYn
LIGHT-SENSOR
RC_IRQ-RF4CEn
RESET-RF4CE
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
RESET-ETHERNETn
IRQ-WOLANn
GPIO20
GPIO0
GPIO1
GPIO8 GPIO22
POWER-OK TXD-RF4CE
RXD-RF4CE CTRL-DISP3
RESET-HDMI-MUXn
SF-CLK
SF-WP
SF-CS
SF-SDI
SF-HOLDn
SF-SDO
AMBI-SPI-CCLK-FUS
AMBI-SPI-CCLK
AMBI-SPI-MOSI-FUS
AMBI-SPI-MOSI
MISO MOSI CCLK CSO-B
FPGA-SYS-CLK
AMBI-SPI-CCLK
AMBI-SPI-MOSI
AMBI-SPI-OUT-CCLK
AMBI-SPI-OUT-MOSI
3D-LR-FUS
3D-LR
3D-LR
AMBI-SPI-OUT-MOSI
FPGA-SYS-CLK
MISO MOSI CCLK
CSO-B
AMBI-SPI-OUT-CCLK
3D-LR
BL-DIM(1-8)
3D-LED_3D-RF
3D-LR-DISP
3D-LR
SPEAKER-DETECTn
CTRL-DISP1
CTRL-DISP2
BL-SPI-CLK-FUS BL-SPI-SDO-FUS
BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL-FUS
STB-P6
SPLASH-ON
1E06
3
2 1
Y29
Y28
UART
SERVICE
CONNECTOR
3CS4-3
3CS3
3CS4-1
3CS4-23CS2
3CS4-4
3CS1
3CS0
LEVEL
SHIFTER
11
12 13
14
1H01-13 1H02-13 1H03-13 1H04-13 1H05-13
TO
LIGHT
SENSOR/
TOUCH
CONTROL
7J00 FUSION120
2 11
14
13
12
1M95
TO
POWER
SUPPLY
3UA0
7UA3
3UA1 3UA2 3UAA 3UA3
3UA4
2
9
1M54
1 2
6
4
3
1C20
5
7
8
9 10 11
1 2
6
4
3
1C21
5
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
3CYA
3CYB 3CYC
9CY2
3CYD
3CYE
3CYF
3CYK
3CYM 3CYN
9CY1
3CYP 3CYT
TO
POWER
SUPPLY
21
7RA0 STV6110A
DVB-S TUNER
7RA1 STV0903BAC
DVB-S
CHANNEL
DECODER
7
20
8
32
122
18
12
19
11
2
16
78 75 74 73
4
3
5
8
1RA0
16M
31
30
9RC2-1
9RC2-4
9RC2-2
9RC2-3
7KC0 CXD2834R
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
TSSDEN TSSSYNC
TSSCLK TSSDI
T26 U30 U29 U28
29
SDRAM
256Mx8
7J01 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM 256Mx8
7J02 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J03 H5TQ2G63BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J04 H5TQ2G63BFR
FUSION
UMAC
CONTROLLER
M1-MD
M1-MA
M0-MD
M0-MA
DDR3
B03B
M0-CONTROL
M1-CONTROL
1KC0
41M
34
35
1G53
5
11
7
13
3GD3-3
3GD3-2
3GD5 3GD3-1
3GD8 3GD9
3GD6
TO POWER SUPPLY
7HA0 SII9387ACT
46
55 74
50
1H04-19
1H01-19 1H02-19 1H03-19
TO PIN:
59
1H05-19
5x HDMI
CONNECTOR
1
2
19
18
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
CEC
M28
HDMI
SWITCH
9HA1
68
DVBT2
CHANNEL
DECODER
cEC0
cEC1
AC29 AC30
AB29
D1_P
D1_N
1
11
10
2
6
3
4
2
1
3
1E03
4
7EA0 CY7C65632
USB HUB
1EA0
12M
7
2
1
3
1E02
4
12 13
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
cEC2
cEC4
D2_P
D2_N
2
1
3
1E01
4
11
10
7EH1 CY7C65634
1EH1
12M
6 7
2
1
3
1C31
4
USB HUB
1 2
3
4
2
1
3
1C30
4
9EHA
9EHB
AB30
17
17
7CS1 ST232C
UART_JTAG I2C
B03E
TXD RXD
B03E
PANEL_USB LAN_I/O
Y30
GBE_MDC
W25
GBE_MDIO
GBE_RXD GBE_TXD
40
39
1
7EF0 AR8030
ETHERNET
ETHERNET
CONNECTOR
RJ45
1EF0
25M
4
5
1E00
V25
GBE_RXC
33
3EF5
9EF1
W30
GBE_RXEN
30
V30
GBE_TXEN
32
7EF1
20
5EF7-1,2
FLASH
512kx16
7JA0 MT29F8G08
MAIN
SW
FRA_AD
FLASH_CI GPIO
B03A
AG23
FREADY
7
AK29
FOE
8
AJ24
BOOTCS
9
AK22
FRA14_ALE
17
AE23
FRA13_CLE
16
AK24
FWE
18
PCMCIA
CONDITIONAL
ACCESS
20
7PA1,2 74LVC245APW
BUFFER
1P00
68P
51 52
18
17
3PW2,3
FLASH CI_GPIO
B03A
FRDx_PODDx
FRDx_PODAx
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
TS1Dx
TS2ODx
3CV3
3CV7 3CVM
3CVP 3CV1
3CVA
3CUB 3CW4 3CW3
3CWM
3CW5 3CUC 3CUA
3CWK
TS_TSB_MCU
B03A
K27
HP_DETECT
N26
STB_P7
J29
STB_RSTO
N25
STB_GP8
M29
IR
KYBRD
J30
M30
LGSEN
PWRON
R29
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
BOOST
E3
FLASH_CI GPIO
B03A
A12
A11
B10
B7
E11
GPIO20
GPIO0 GPIO1
GPIO8
GPIO22
7CT3 M25P05-AVMN6
FLASH 128kx8
6
3
1 5 7
STANDBY
SW
3CTU 3CT2 3CTZ 3CT0 3CT9
2
3CTH
3CV4
C12
GPIO15
3CV5
D12
GPIO16
SFCLK
L30
SFWPn
K30
SFCES
L29
SFSI
L28
SFHOLDn
L27
SFSO
L26
2
FPGA
SW
7GG2 M25P40
FLASH 16Mbit
5 6 1
7GG4
1GGA
12M
9GG1-4 9GG1-2
3CV2
E4
PWM0
7GF1 XC6SLX4
FPGA
27 26 43 50 65 64
70
38
45
46
R30
FLASH CI_GPIO
B03A
HPD
C10
GPIO2
C9
GPIO3
A8
PANEL_USB LAN_IO
B03E
H_BK_LITE
C8
TCON_ON
D2
PWM1
3CWG
N27
STB_GP6
1J00
24M
H30
H29
XTLO24M
XTLI24M
Block Diagrams
EN 68QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 69
I²C
NAND-FLASH + EEPROM
B06F
RES
RES
RES
RES RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
TUNER CHANNEL DECODER
B02A
DVBS SUPPLY
B01C
UMAC 0 DDR3
B03D
CONTROL
B04A
TEMP-SENSOR
B06R
LPC DEBUG
B07A
FPGA ­I/O BANKS
B07F
CONTROL
B06Q
TUNER CHANNEL DECODER
B02A
SERIAL FLASH
B06N
CONTROL
B06Q
HDMI
B06A
LVD S
B04B
DVBS-FE
B02B
FE
B06M
CLASS-D AMPLIFIER
B05A
CONTROL
B06Q
NAND-FLASH + EEPROM
B06F
ANALOGUE EXTERNALS
CONTROL
B06Q
B05B
MISCELLANEOUS
B01F
SERVICE
B06D
UMAC 1 DDR3
B03C
RES
CONNECTOR - BACKLIGHT
B04D
FUSION
B03x
19280_065_120426.eps
120426
CONTROL
B06Q
MISCELLANEOUS
B01F
CONTROL
B06Q
RES
RES
M0-MA(0-31)
D(0-15)
D(16-31)
FRA(0-12)
AA28 AA27
SCL-M1 SDA-M1
Y29
RXD-SERVICE
Y28 TXD-SERVICE
M1-MA(0-15)
D(0-7)
D(8-15)
+3V3
AA26 AA25
SCL-M3 SDA-M3
+3V3
E2 D1
SCL-M2 SDA-M2
+3V3
SCL-FE SDA-FE
+3V3
U26 U27
SCL-S SDA-S
+3V3
+3V3
SCL-SSB SDA-SSB
SCL-SRF SDA-SRF
SFB-CLK SFB-WPn
SFBI-CS
SFB-SI
SFB-SDO
SCL-TUNER SDA-TUNER
DIN-5V
CIN-5V
SCLT
SDAT
CIN-5V
AIN-5V
ARX-DDC-SDA ARX-DDC-SCL
BRX-DDC-SDA BRX-DDC-SCL
CRX-DDC-SDA
CRX-DDC-SCL
CRX-DDC-SDA CRX-DDC-SCL
ERR
14
ERR
13
ERR
18
SCL-BE SDA-BE
SCL-DISP SDA-DISP
SCL-BL SDA-BL
+3V3
CRX-DDC-SDA CRX-DDC-SCL
VGA-SDA-EDID-HDMI
VGA-SCL-EDID-HDMI
+3V3-STANDBY
+5V-VGA+5V-EDID
LED1
LED2
BIN-5V
M1-MD(0-15)
M0-MD(0-15)
P26 P27
STB-SCL STB-SDA
SCLMC SDA-MC
3CVG
13
1CV1
DEBUG
ONLY
1
3
3CVF
12
7CW1
PCA9554
I/O
EXPANDER
3CUW
3CUY
ERR
41
56
7JA2
M24C64
EEPROM
(NVM)
3JA2
3JA3
ERR
35
MAIN NVM
SW
2324
7D60
TAS5711
AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
3D56
3D55
ERR
37
71 70
7HA0
SII9387
HDMI MUX
3HAV
3HAW
HDMI
CONNECTOR 1
HDMI
CONNECTOR 2
1H01
16 15
44 45
1H02
16 15
48 49
1H03
16 15
53 54
3HAB-4
3HAB-3
3HAB-2
3HAB-1
3HAA-4
3HAA-3
ERR
23
HDMI
CONNECTOR 3
19
1
18 2
19
1
18 2
19
1
18 2
1H04
16 15
72 73
3HAC-1
3HAC-2
HDMI
CONNECTOR 4
19
1
18 2
1H05
16 15
57 58
3HAA-2
3HAA-1
HDMI
CONNECTOR 5
19
1
18 2
1VA5
61 62
3HAL-1
3HAL-2
3HAL-1
3HAL-2
12 15
1
6
10
11
5
15
VGA
CONNECTOR
12
7TW0 LM75
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
3TW1
3TW0
ERR
42
2524
7NA2
LPC1768
3NAJ
3NAH
9NA9
9NAA
12
7GF1
XC6SSLX4
FPGA
BL
3GF8
3GF9
ERR
38
3TA1
3TA2
1C21
3
1
TO
LIGHT SENSOR
TOUCH CONTROL
3CYG
3CYH
1110
1F00
SUT-RE214Z
TUNER
3FA2
3FA1
ERR
34
9897
7RA1
STV0903
DVB-S CHANNEL DECODER
3RA7
3RA8
ERR
28
19 18
1312
7RA0
STV6110
SATELLITE
TUNER
ERR
36
2120
7KC0
CXD2834
DVB-T2 CHANNEL DECODER
3KC2
3KC3
ERR
27
87
7UP2
LNBH25
DVB-S
CHANNEL
DECODER
3UPB
3UPD
ERR
31
5FA6
5FA7
3CWJ
3CWF
5 4
3GM2
3GM1
3GM4
3GM3
8
7
9GM4 9GM3
12
7GM1
PCA9540B
2 CHAN.
MULTIPLEX.
9GM2
1CW6
3
1
DEBUG
ONLY
1CV8
3
1
7J00 FUSION120
SDRAM
256Mx8
7J01 H5TQ2G83BFR
SDRAM 256Mx8
7J02 H5TQ2G83BFR
FUSION
UMAC
CONTROLLER
B03B
M1-MD
M1-MA
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J03 H5TQ2G63BFR
SDRAM
128Mx16
7J04 H5TQ2G63BFR
M0-MD
M0-MA
B03E
JTAG
I2C
UART
FLASH
512kx16
7JA0 MT29F8G08
MAIN
SW
B03A
FLASH
CI
GPIO
FRA_AD
7CT3 M25P05-AVMN6
FLASH
128kx8
6
3
1 5 2
STANDBY
SW
B03A
TS TSB MCU
3CUH 3CUJ
3CUG
3CUF
DEBUG
ONLY
3CUG
3CUF
4
5
3CWU
3CWV
3CWY
3CWW
7
8
2
1
7CW0
PCA9540B
2 CHANNEL MULTIPLEX.
ERR
24
1CW7
3
1
DEBUG
ONLY
1T71
3
1
SET
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
1FA0
3
1
DEBUG
ONLY
cFS1
cFS2
3CR7
3CR6
UART
SERVICE
CONNECTOR
1E06
3
2 1
3CS4-33CS3
3CS4-1
3CS4-23CS2
3CS4-4
3CS1
3CS0
7CS1
ST232C
LEVEL
SHIFTER
11
12 13
14
HOTEL TV ONLY
MAINSTREAM TV
ONLY
3GM5
3GM6
1CWA
3
1
DEBUG
ONLY
1CWB
3
1
DEBUG
ONLY
1G51
50
49
9GM1
3GVD 3GVE
TO DISPLAY
PANEL
1G53
2
3
3GD2 3GD1
TO DISPLAY
PANEL
7CY6
PCA9633
PWM
3CU8
3CU9
3CR7
3CR6
3CYS 3CYR
6
7
1
2
3CYU
3CYV
EF
7CY1
EF
7CY2
1CWD
3
1
DEBUG
ONLY
1C21
3
16
TO
LIGHT SENSOR
TOUCH CONTROL
3CYN
3CYC

9.13 Block Diagram I2C

Block Diagrams
EN 69QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 70

9.14 Supply Lines Overview

B07D
CI
B06C
USB
B06F
NANDFLASH + EEPROM
B06P
HDMI
B06N
PNX85500: STANDBY CONTROLLER
B05B
ANALOGUE EXTERNALS
B06K
AUDIO
B04A
CONTROL
B06I
DC-DC
B06D
SERVICE
B06Q
CONTROL
B01B
FUSION SUPPLY
SUPPLY LINES OVERVIEW
PSU
B01A
CONNECTORS AND PROTECTIONS
B04C
OUTPUT - VDISP
B06A
HDMI
B04B
LVD S
19280_070_120426.eps
120426
B06Q
B06H
DC-DC
B01C
DVBS-SUPPLY
B01D
POWER SEQUENCING
B03F
FUSION POWER SUPPLY
B07A
LPC-DEBUG
VGA
CONNECTOR
B05A
CLASS-D AMPLIFIER
B07E
FPGA - POWER & CONTROL
B07F
FPGA - I/O BANKS
B02B
DVBS-FE
B07G
CPLD
B04A B07F B07E B04A
2-SIDED AMBILIGHT
3-SIDED AMBILIGHT
B01F
MISCELLANEOUS
RES
B02A
TUNER-CHANNEL DECODER
B03B
FUSION UMAC CONTROLLER
B03C
UMAC 1 DDR3
B03D
UMAC 0 DDR3
B04D
MISCELLANEOUS
B06B
HDMI-ARC
B06E
ETHERNET
B04H
SECOND SOURCE DC-DC CONVERTERS
RES
B06M
FE
B06R
TEMP-SENSOR
B06S
STRAP-OPTIONS
RES
B07B
HEADPHONE
B07C
USB INTERN
B07H
AMBILIGHT
RES
RES
RES
RES
DDR-MVREF12
DDR-MVREF11
STANDBYn
+3V3-STANDBY
+12Va
+12V-AUDIO
+12V
+3V3
+3V3
B01a
+12Va
+1V1-FD
+12Va
+1V1-FA+3V3
B06h
+1V2-FA
B03f
+3V3
+2V5
+2V5-F
+2V5-F
+1V5
+1V5
+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3-STANDBY
B01a
+3V3
+3V3
B06h
+5V
+5V
B06h
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3-STANDBY
B01a
+3V3
+3V3
B02b
B06h
B01a
+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3
+3V3
+5V-VGA
+3V3
+3V3
B06h
+VDISP
+12V
+3V3+3V3
B01a
+2V5+2V5
B01a
+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3-STANDBY
+12V-AUDIO+12V-AUDIO
B01a
+3V3D
+3V3
+3V3
+5V
+5V
+5V-PORTB
+5V-PORTA
+5V-HDD
+3V3
+3V3+3V3
+5V-EDID
+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY
+5V-VGA+5V-VGA
+5V
+5V
DIN-5V
CIN-5V
EIN-5V
BIN-5V
+3V3
B06h
+3V3
VCCINT
VAUX
VCCO3
VCCO2
VCCO1
VCCO0
B07f
B07f
B07f
B07f
B07f
B07f
VAUX
VAUX
B07e
+3V3
+2V5
VCCINT
VCCINT
B07e
VCC03
VCCO3
B07e
VCCO2
VCCO2
B07e
VCCO1
VCCO1
B07e
VCCO0
VCCO0
B07e
+3V3-DVBS+5V
+2V5-DVBS+3V3
+3V3-DEMOD
+3V3RF
+1V0-DVBS+1V0-DVBS
B06a
+VDISP+VDISP
+3V3+3V3
B04b
+3V3
B06h
+3V3 VINT
VID
+V-LNB+V-LNB
VDD33
+5V
+5V
+5VCA
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3-WIFI
+12Vb
BL-DIM
BL-DIM1
BL-I-CTRL
POWER-OK
GND-AL
AMBI-POWER
+12V
+12V-AL
+3V3-AL
+1V5
+Vb
+1V2-MIPS
+12V-DVBS
+12V
B01a
+5V
+5V
+2V5-DVBS
+2V5-DVBS
+1V0-DVBS
+V-LNB
+12V+12V
B01a
+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY
B01a
+2V5+2V5 +3V3+3V3
+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY
B01a
+5V+5V
+3V3+3V3
+12V
B01a
+VCC-TUNER+5V
+3V3-DVBT2-D+3V3
+1V2-DVBT2-C+1V2-FE
+1V2-DVBT2-P
B01a
+1V5-M1
+1V5-M1
+1V5-M0
+1V5-M0
+1V5-M1
+1V5-M1
DDR-MVREF02
DDR-MVREF01
+1V5-M0
+1V5-M0
+1V5-M0
B03f
B03f
B03b,B03d
+1V5-M1
B03b,B03c
+1V2-MIPS
+1V2-MIPS
+1V2-FA
+1V2-FA
+1V1-FA
+1V1-FA
+1V1-FD
+1V1-FD
B04c
+3V3
B01b
B01b
B01c
B03f
B03f
B05a
+3V3
AIN-5V
B05b
B01a
EPWR33
SBVCC5
+1V5+1V5
+1V2-FE
VDD12 TVDD12 AVDD12
+5V-ARC
+3V3-ARC
+5V
+3V3
VDD33-PHY+3V3-LAN
B07c
VDDH-2V5
AVDDL-1V1
+12Vb
+12Vb
B01a
+5V
+3V3
+2V5
+12Vb
+12Vb
B01a
+5V
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3
B06h
B03f
B06i B06i
+3V3
+3V3
B06h
+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3-STANDBY
B01a
+5V-LPC
+3V3-LPC
+3V3-LPC-ANA
+12Vb
+12Vb
B01a
B06h
B01a
+3V3-STANDBY+3V3-STANDBY
+3V3
+3V3
B06h
B06h
+5V+5V
+3V3
+3V3
B01a
+3V3-WIFI
+3V3-WIFI
B07c
B06h B06h
B01a
B01a
+3V3AL+3V3AL
AMBI-POWER
AMBI-POWER
B07h
B07h
B06h
B06h
B01c
B02b
B02b
B03f
B03f
B06h B06h
B06h B06h
B06h
B06h
B06a
B02a
B06h
B06h
B06h
B06h
B01a
+2V5-F
B03f
B06h B01b
B06h
B06h
B06h B06h
B06h
B06h
B06h
B01b
B06h
B06h
B06h
B06h B06h
B06h
B06h
B01d,B01f, B03f,B04a, B05a,B06a, B06n,B06q, B06s,B07b
B04h,B06h, B07a
B01c,B01d, B01f,B04c
B01b
B03f,B06a
B01c,B01f, B02a,B02b, B06a,B06b, B06c,B06p, B07c,B07d
B01a,B01d,B01f, B02a,B02b,B03f, B04a,B04b,B04c, B04d,B05a,B06a, B06b,B06c,B06d, B06f,B06i,B06k, B06m,B06p,B06q, B06r,B07b,B07c, B07d,B07e,B07g
B01d,B03f, B04c
+3V3-LAN
B06e
TEMP
SENSOR
(OPTIONAL)
1T71
4
3
3
HDMI 4
CONNECTOR
HDMI 3
CONNECTOR
HDMI 5
CONNECTOR
HDMI 2
CONNECTOR
5J0P
3J2V 3J30
3J11 3J14
5TA1
1TA1 T 1.0A
5TA2
SYNCHRONOUS
STEP DOWN
CONVERTER
7UP1 TPS54227
8
6
3UD2
6UAF
5GC1
5GC2
5RA1
3EAC
+T
3EA7
+T
3PA1
+T
7UC0 RT8228
3
1
5U02
5UC0
Synchronous
Buck PWM Controller
7UC3
7UC2
1M95
11
66
77
88
1M95
14 14
99
13 13
10 10
22
33
44 55
11 11
1UA0 T 3.0A
7GS3
LCD-PWR-ONn
7GS2
1P03
18
1P02
18
1P04
18
5HA5
6HA0
1VA5
9
12 12
7UV0
VOLT. REG.
1GS1 T 3.0A
5D85
3ECH
+T
1P05
18
7GG6
IN OUT
COM
5GG1
5GG2
5GG3
5GG4
5GG5
5RC0
7RC1
IN OUT
COM
7RC0
IN OUT
COM
5RA0
1UA1 T 3.0A
1M99
1M99
1
6
2
3
4 5
8
7
1
6
2
3
4 5
8
7
1UA2
T 2.0A
7UAC
HIGH SIDE
POWER
SWITCH
7UAE RT9715
ENABLE-3V3-AMBI
5
4
1
SYNCHRONOUS
STEP DOWN
CONVERTER
7UB5 TPS54429
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
7
10
5UB7
5UB5
13 14
11
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
8
5
5UC2
7UC7
7UC4
7UC8
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
1UP1
T 3.0A
5UP1
5UP2
7UP2 LNBH25PQ
20
LNB
CONTROLLER
17
5UP6
ENABLE-3V3 ENABLE-2V5
CONTROL
ENABLE-1V5-1V1
5FA0
7FA0
IN OUT
COM
5KC6
5KC7
3KCE
5J0R
BACK LIGHT
1G53
9
1GD1 T 1.0A
HDMI 1
CONNECTOR
1P05
18
5HA6
3HAS
7HA1 RT9025
6
5HA2 5HA3 5HA4
5HD6
5HD5
1E03
9
1E02
9
1E01
9
5EF4
ETHERNET
7EF0 AR8030
8,27
6,11,17
SYNCHRONOUS
STEP DOWN
CONVERTER
7UW0 TPS54426
DETECT12V
7
10
5UB2
5UW0
13
11
SYNCHRONOUS
STEP DOWN
CONVERTER
7UW1 TPS54426
ENABLE+3V3
7
10
5UB4
5UW3
13
11
14
14
ENABLE+2V5
7UW2 RT9025
6
3
2
DETECT12V
SYNCHRONOUS
BUCK
CONVERTER
7URA RT8288
2,3
1
5
ENABLE+3V3
7UR6 RT8293
1,2
2
7
5UR1
5UR5
LOW
DROP OUT
CONVERTER
LOW
DROP OUT
CONVERTER
7UV1 RT9025
15
LOW
DROP OUT
CONVERTER
SYNCHRONOUS
BUCK
CONVERTER
1NA2
1
7NA0
VOLT.
REG.
5J20
ENABLE-WOLAN
7EH4 TPS61200
2
5
6
LOW
DROP OUT
CONVERTER
Block Diagrams
EN 70QFU2.1E LA 9.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 71
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
19303_005_121001.eps
121001
Power Supply Unit with Integrated Led Driver
A01 A01
2012-02-06
1
2722 171 90604 2722 171 90605
PLDK-P107B
Power Supply Unit with
Integrated Led Driver
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
COLD
COLD
HOT
LiveNeutral
COLD
COLD
COLD
D116
RF101L4S
C115
1n /630V
R127
1M 1/2W PRC
C116
47nF
C117
NC
R124
220K
R128
330K
R126
10K
R125
10K
1
2
CN1_1308
AC-inlet
CY101
100pF
R101
120 1W
s
SA101
TSA601MA1
F101
T5AH 250V
PC101
EL817MC
PC102
EL817MC
R109
1K
ZD102
15V
R110
10K
R306
1.5K F
C304
100nF
R302
100F
R303
1.5KF
R305
2.7K F
R310
1K
560F
C301
1000uF/10V
B
EC
Q301
KTN2907A
R307
120 F
R304
4.3 K
R309
4.7K
C305
100nF
C303
2.2uF
C109
ZS 47uF/50V
R105
0
R123
OPEN
ZD103
open
C107
225
D106A
IN4007
R113
200
ZD101
P6KE160A
PC501
EL817MC
CY202
470pF
C507
102/50V
ZD503
5.6V
1
CSS
2
DELAY
3
CF
4
RFMIN
5
STBY
6
ISEN
7
LINE
8
DIS9PFC_STOP
10
GND
11
LVG
12
VCC
13
NC
14
OUT
15
HVG
16
VBOOT
U501
IC-SOP-16-L6599
L6599
R511
4.3KF
R521
47
R522
10
D504
MMSD4148W
R523
10K
R518
47
R519
10
D503
MMSD4148W
R520
10K
R513
100
C511
104
C513
12nF/1kV
R512
0
C506
1uF
R509
47
R507
11KF
R508
3.3KF
C501
2.2nF
C504
220nF
C505
330pF COG
R510
750K
C502
10nF
C508
100nF
R527
33
R501
510K
R502
11K
R531
100/1W
C526
100pF/1kV
D512
1N4148
D506
MMSD4148W
PC103
PC103PC103
PC103
EL817MC
R507A
0
L501
BFS3550A
C307
open
L102
5mm
L101
5mm
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
T101
EFD1515
1
GND
2
VCC
3
VFB
4
IPK5VSTR
6
DRAIN
7
DRAIN
8
DRAIN
U101
FSL106MR
C106
1nF
R256
1K F
R251
620
R252
10K F
C215
OPEN
C411
68uF/100V
R255
1K F
C211
1uF
R257
4.3K F
R253
2.4K F
C201
NXB 1000uF/16V
C202
NXB 1000uF/16V
D212A
SDB1060PI
D212B
SDB1060PI
R254
300 F
C205
NXB 1000uF/16V
C214
OPEN
L512
BFS3550R
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
T501
EFD4549
R330
R330R330
R330
20K
U306
U306U306
U306
AZ431AN / SMD
C320
C320C320
C320
1nF
R314
R314R314
R314
51kF
R312
R312R312
R312
1KF
R317
R317R317
R317
0 F
B
EC
Q150
Q150Q150
Q150
KTN 2222A
C151
C151C151
C151
100nF
R156
R156R156
R156
1KF
B
EC
Q151
Q151Q151
Q151
KTN2907A
R161
R161R161
R161
1KF
C152
C152C152
C152
100nF
R160
R160R160
R160
1KF
D151
D151D151
D151
1N4148W
R260
2KF/2012
U204
AZ431AN/SMD
C260
1nF
R272
24K F
R271
1kF
PC502
EL817MC
R270
1kF
TH601
3ohm 15D
D301
SB560 P=20mm
R311
R311R311
R311
1KF
Q104
2N7002
L511
BFS3550A
R132
68K
R134
68K
R131
68K
R133
68K
Q105
2N7002
R120
2.2M
Q106
2N7002
R122
75K
C123
1uF
R121
1M
C122
NC
VA101
750V 14A
CY102
100pF
C645
82uF 450V
R615
470k F
R610
10k
G
G
D
D
S
S
Q601
MDF11N60
R611
200
R608
10
D603
MMSD4148
D602
BYV29X-600
C610
47p/1kV
L603
BFS3550A
G
D
S
Q603
STK0160
R619
12kF
C609
1nF
R620
120 F
R621
100k
R612
100
C610A
47p/1kV
R614
2W 0.08
R604
200K F
C603
NC
C602
100nF
R603
1kF
C604
220nF
C608
47nF
R602
10K F
C605
1nF COG
C606
1nF
C607
1nF
D601
S3V60
R616
470k F
R617
470k F
R618
470k F
R633
2W 0.08
D601A
S3V60
D604
MMSD4148
1
FB
2
CT
3
CONTROL
4
CS5ZCD
6
GND
7
DRV
8
VCC
U601
SCY99102BDR2G
C613
1nF COG
D212C
SDB1060PI
G
G
D
D
S
S
Q602
MDF11N60
C646
82uF 450V
12
JW1
JW decal
G
D
S
Q501
MDF11N60
G
D
S
Q510
MDF11N60
R609A
200
R608A
10
D603A
MMSD4148
R610A
10k
Q101
KTN2222A(TO-92)
C121
ZS 47uF/50V
D107
UF4007
ZD105
22V
Q102
KTN2222S / SOT-23
R103
100K
R104
OPEN
D106
MMSD4148
C103
ZS10uF/50V
R102
1K
C102
OPEN
C509
OPEN
12
3
4
LF102
CS523245SQA
C119
1nF 1KV
C610B
47p/1kV
CY104
OPEN
CY103
OPEN
C510
222/16V
C207
NXB 1000uF/16V
C203
NXB 1000uF/16V
L202
JUMPER
C204
NXB 1000uF/16V
C306
1000uF/10V
R501A
510K
R501B
510K
R501C
510K
G
D
S
Q581
STK0160
R581
100
R580
100k
C580
1nF
U203
AS431AN/SMD
U301
AZ431AN/SMD
D211
MBRF10200CT
C207A
NXB 1000uF/16V
C203A
NXB 1000uF/16V
L301
4.7uH
CY105
OPEN
CY106
680pF
14
L602
400uH
ZD103A
9.1V AXIAL
C411A
68uF/100V
R609
200
R611A
200
L201
JUMPER
12
JW2
JW decal
C601
470nF / 500V
CX101
100nF
VA102
OPEN
1
2
3
4
BD601
KBJ1006G
C601A
470nF / 500V
R111
0
R540
10
R630
0
R604A
200K F
R157
R157R157
R157
10
C110
10nF 630V
C111
10nF 630V
C509A
4.7UF/16V
1
23
4
L601
PQ38B12
L106
BFS3550A
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP15
TP16
TP17
TP18
TP19TP20 TP 21
TP22
TP23
TP24
TP25
TP26
TP27
TP28TP29
TP30
TP31
TP32 TP33
TP34
TP35
TP36
TP37
TP38
TP39
TP40
TP41
TP42
TP43
TP44
TP45
TP46
TP47
TP48
TP49
TP50
TP51
TP52
TP53
TP54
TP55
TP56
TP57
TP58
TP59 TP60 TP61
TP62
TP63
TP64
TP65
TP66
TP67
TP68
TP69
TP70
TP71
TP72
TP73
TP74
TP75
TP76
TP77
TP78
TP79
TP80
TP81TP82
TP83
TP84
TP85
TP86
TP87
TP88
TP89
TP90
TP93
TP94
TP95
TP96TP97
TP105
TP106
TP125 TP126
TP127
TP129
TP130
TP132
TP133
TP136
TP138
TP145
TP147
TP148
TP149
TP150
TP151
TP152
TP153
TP154
TP155
TP156TP157
TP158
TP161
TP162TP170
TP171
TP172
TP198
TP199TP200
TP201
TP202
TP203
TP204
TP205
TP206
TP207
TP208
TP209
TP210
TP211
TP212
TP213
TP216
TP217
TP218
TP219
TP220
TP221
TP222
TP223
TP224
TP225
TP226
TP227
TP228
TP229
TP230
TP231
TP232
TP233
TP234
TP235
TP236
TP237
TP238
TP239
TP240
TP242
TP243
TP244 TP245
TP247
TP248
TP261
TP288
TP309
TP310
TP311
TP321
TP323
TP241
TP324
TP339
TP340
TP341
TP342
TP343
TP346
TP353
TP354
VCC
ST3V3
STANDBY
VCC
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
+12V
VLED
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
12V3_SND
GND_SND
3V3_OVP
3V3_OVP3V3_OVP
3V3_OVP
GND1
GND1GND1
GND1
3V3_OVP
STVCC
STVCCSTVCC
STVCC
GND1
DC_LINK
STVCC
LINE
LINE
12V3_OVP
12V3_OVP
ST3V3
VCC
VCC
DC_LINK
STVCC
STVCC
GND1
VF
VF
GND1
GND1

10. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

10.1 A 272217190604 - 272217190605 PSL

10-0-1 Power Supply Unit with Integrated LED Driver

EN 71QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 72
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
19303_006_121001.eps
121001
Power Supply Unit with Integrated Led Driver
A02 A02
2012-02-06
1
2722 171 90604 2722 171 90605
PLDK-P107D
Power Supply Unit with
Integrated Led Driver
!
!
3V3stdby
Standby
GND1
+12V
GND1
GND_SND GND_SND
BL-I-CTRL
BL-ON
BL-DIM(Vsync)
POK
+Vsnd +Vsnd
+12V
GND_AL
GND_AL
+12V_AL
+12V_AL
GND_AL/ GND_SND
+12V_AL/+Vsnd
GND_AL/ GND_SND
+12V_AL/+Vsnd
+12V_AL/+Vsnd
GND_AL/ GND_SND
L2 Cathode
L1 Cathode
L4 Cathode
L3 Cathode
Anode_L
NC
L6 Cathode
L5 Cathode
NC
Anode_R
R5 Cathode
R6 Cathode
R4 Cathode R3 Cathode R2 Cathode R1 Cathode
MASTER
SLAVE
BOOST
ANALOG DIM
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
SOT89
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
CN4_1M95
1-2041145-4
C401
100nF
C314
100nF
1
2
3
4
CN6_1M11
2041145-4
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN7_1M09
2041145-6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN2_1316
R410
1K
R408
220K F
R406
10K
C408
1uF
R407
10
R403
1K
C405
470nF
R405
62K
R404
150K
C407
100nF
C406
1uF
1
NC
2
CMP7
3
IS6
4
CMP6
5
IS5
6
CMP5
7
IS4
8
CMP4
9
IS3
10
CMP3
11
IS2
12
CMP213IS114CMP115GNDA16OVP17UVLS18SSTCMP19RANGELED20ISW21GNDP22DRV
23
SYNC
24
NC
25
VREF
26
ENA
27
VIN
28
STATUS
29
ADIM
30
COMM
31
RT
32
PWM8
33
PWM7
34NC35NC36
PWM6
37
PWM5
38
PWM4
39
PWM3
40
PWM2
41
PWM1
42
IS8
43
CMP8
44
IS7
U401
LQFP-48 pin 0.8 Pitch OZ9909TN
R401
2K F
C403
1nF
C404
1nF COG
R402
6.2K F
C402
100nF
R409
100KF
C409
10nF
R412
100KF
Q407
SBT2907A
U405
AS431ANTR/SMD
C471
100nF
R468
560
R462
3.9k
R463
3.9K
R465
10K
R466
220K
R467
100K
R461
240 F
R464
1.2K F
C472
4.7uF
R469
330F
R470
3.6KF
R471
12K
R472
47K
C473
1uF
Q451
2N7002
R473
1.2K F
C474
OPEN
Q408
2N7002
C475
10nF
R475
470K
ZD401
5.1V
R417
6.8
R421
47K F
R420
10k
R421A
33K F
R421B
10K F
C442
OPEN
D410
open
R418
open
C422
OPEN
R411
20K F
R411A
10K F
R411B
10K F
C423
OPEN
R477
56K
C469
47nF
R478
47K
R476
100
G
D
S
Q402
AOD482/D-PACK
C413
68uF/100V
R410A
OPEN
R408A
OPEN
R406A
OPEN
C408A
OPEN
R407A
OPEN
R403A
OPEN
C405A
OPEN
R405A
OPEN
R404A
OPEN
C407A
OPEN
C406A
OPEN
1
NC
2
CMP7
3
IS6
4
CMP6
5
IS5
6
CMP5
7
IS4
8
CMP4
9
IS3
10
CMP3
11
IS2
12
CMP213IS114CMP115GNDA16OVP17UVLS18SSTCMP19RANGELED20ISW21GNDP22DRV
23
SYNC
24
NC
25
VREF
26
ENA
27
VIN
28
STATUS
29
ADIM
30
COMM
31
RT
32
PWM8
33
PWM7
34NC35NC36
PWM6
37
PWM5
38
PWM4
39
PWM3
40
PWM2
41
PWM1
42
IS8
43
CMP8
44
IS7
U401A
OPEN
R401A
OPEN
C403A
OPEN
C404A
OPEN
R402A
OPEN
C402A
OPEN
R409A
OPEN
C409A
OPEN
R412A
OPEN
G
D
S
Q401
OPEN
R414A
OPEN
R414
100K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN3_1319
R413A
OPEN
R460
0
R415
100K
R415A
OPEN
R470C
OPEN
R470A
OPEN
R470B
OPEN
R455A 1F
R455B 1F
R455C 1F
R455D 1F
R419
1K
R455E 1F
R455F 1F
C460
OPEN
R455 1F
R455H 1 F
R455I 1 F
R455J 1 F
R455K 1 F
R455L 1 F
R455M 1 F
R455G 1 F
R455O 1 F
R455P 1 F
R455Q 1 F
R455R 1 F
R455N 1 F
R455S 1 F
D401
MBRF10150CT
R481C
5.1k
R482C
1k
R485C
100F
R481B
5.1K
R482B
1K
R485B
100F
R481A
5.1K
R482A
1K
R485A
100F
R481F
5.1k
R482F
1k
R485F
100F
R481E
5.1k
R482E
1k
R485E
100F
R481D
5.1K
R482D
1K
R485D
100F
B
EC
Q403C
BCX52-16
B
EC
Q403B
BCX52-16
B
EC
Q403A
BCX52-16
B
EC
Q403F
BCX52-16
B
EC
Q403E
BCX52-16
B
EC
Q403D
BCX52-16
R484C
OPEN
R483C
3.3 F
R486C
18 F
R484B
OPEN
R483B
3.3 F
R486B
18 F
R484A
OPEN
R483A
3.3 F
R486A
18 F
R484D
OPEN
R483D
3.3 F
R486D
18 F
R484E
OPEN
R483E
3.3 F
R486E
18 F
R484F
OPEN
R483F
3.3 F
R486F
18 F
R481I
NC
R482I
NC
R485I
NC
R481H
NC
R482H
NC
R485H
NC
R481G
NC
R482G
NC
R485G
NC
R481L
R481LR481L
R481L
NC
R482L
R482LR482L
R482L
NC
R485L
R485LR485L
R485L
NC
R481K
NC
R482K
NC
R485K
R485KR485K
R485K
NC
R481J
NC
R482J
1K
R485J
NC
B
EC
Q403I
NC
B
EC
Q403H
NC
B
EC
Q403G
NC
B
EC
Q403L
Q403LQ403L
Q403L
NC
B
EC
Q403K
NC
B
EC
Q403J
NC
R484I
NC
R483I
NC
R486I
NC
R484H
NC
R483H
NC
R486H
NC
R484G
NC
R483G
NC
R486G
NC
R484J
NC
R483J
NC
R486J
NC
R484K
NC
R483K
NC
R486K
NC
R484L
R484LR484L
R484L
NC
R483L
R483LR483L
R483L
NC
R486L
R486LR486L
R486L
NC
Q404C
PBHV8118T
R490C
3.6K F
Q404F
PBHV8118T
R490F
3.6K F
Q404B
PBHV8118T
R490B
3.6K F
Q404A
PBHV8118T
R490A
3.6K F
Q404E
PBHV8118T
R490E
3.6K F
Q404D
PBHV8118T
R490D
3.6K F
Q404I
NC
R490I
NC
Q404H
NC
R490H
NC
Q404G
NC
R490G
NC
Q404L
Q404LQ404L
NC
R490L
NC
Q404K
NC
R490K
NC3
Q404J
NC
R490J
NC
C409C
100nF
C409B
100nF
C413A
68uF/100V
L413
dual bead
14
L401
OPEN
14
L402
25uH
TP9
TP11
TP12
TP13
TP14
TP91
TP92
TP98
TP99
TP100
TP101
TP102
TP103
TP104
TP107
TP108
TP109
TP110
TP111
TP112
TP113
TP114
TP115
TP116
TP117
TP118
TP119
TP120
TP10
TP121
TP122
TP123
TP124
TP131
TP159
TP160
TP163
TP164TP165 TP1 66
TP167
TP168
TP169
TP173
TP174
TP175
TP128
TP176
TP177
TP178
TP179
TP180
TP181
TP182
TP183
TP184
TP185
TP186
TP187
TP188
TP189
TP190
TP191
TP192
TP193
TP194
TP195
TP196
TP197
TP214
TP215
TP246
TP249
TP250
TP251
TP252
TP253
TP254
TP255
TP256
TP257
TP258
TP259
TP260
TP262
TP263
TP264
TP265
TP266
TP267
TP268
TP269
TP270
TP271
TP272
TP273
TP274
TP275
TP276
TP277
TP278
TP279
TP280
TP281
TP282
TP283
TP284
TP285
TP286
TP287
TP289
TP290
TP291
TP292
TP293
TP294
TP295
TP296
TP297
TP298TP299
TP300
TP301
TP302
TP303
TP304
TP305
TP306
TP307
TP308
TP312
TP313
TP314
TP315 TP316
TP317 TP318
TP319
TP320
TP322
TP325
TP326
TP327
TP328
TP329
TP330
TP331
TP332
TP333
TP334
TP335
TP336
TP337
TP338
TP344
TP345
TP347
TP348
TP349
TP350
TP351
TP352
TP355
STANDBY
POK
GND1 +12V +12V
12V3_SND
ST3V3
GND1
BL-ON-OFF
GND1
GND1
BL-I-CTRL
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
12V3_SND GND_SND
GND_SND
+12V
GND1
LED_A
L2
L1
L3 L4
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
BL-ON-OFF
STATUS
ADIM
+12V
IS2
IS3
IS4
IS5
IS6
CMP3
CMP4
CMP5
CMP6
CMP2
IS1
CMP1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
UVLS
GND1
OVP_M
VREF
VREF
GND1
BL-I-CTRL
VREF
ADIM
GND1
GND1
LED_A
DRV
OVP_M
GND1
UVLS
GND1
POK
VREF
STATUS
GND1
GND1
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
BL-ON-OFF
STATUS
ADIM
+12V
IS8
IS9
IS10
IS11
IS12
CMP9
CMP10
CMP11
CMP12
CMP8
IS7
CMP7
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
UVLS
UVLSUVLS
UVLS
GND1
OVP_S
VREF
VREF
GND1
L5 L6
COMM
COMM
R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
LED_A
DRV
ISW
+12V
OVP_S
GND1
GND1GND1
GND1
GND1
ISW
CMP3
IS3
GND1
CMP2
IS2
GND1
CMP1
IS1
CMP6
IS6
GND1
CMP5
IS5
GND1
CMP4
IS4
GND1
GND1
CMP9
IS9
GND1
CMP8
IS8
GND1
CMP7
IS7
CMP12
CMP12CMP12
CMP12
IS12
IS12IS12
IS12
GND1
GND1GND1
GND1
CMP11
CMP11CMP11
CMP11
IS11
IS11IS11
IS11
GND1
CMP10
IS10
GND1GND1
R3
+12V
L3
+12V
R2
+12V
R1
+12V
L2
+12V
L1
L1
+12V
R6
+12V
R5
+12V
R4
+12V
L6
+12V
L5
+12V
L4
+12V
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1

10-1-1 Power Supply Unit with Integrated LED Driver

EN 72QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 73

10-1-2 Layout top

19303_007_121001.eps
121001
2012-02-06
1
2722 171 90604 2722 171 90605
PLDK-P107D
Layout top
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 73QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 74

10-1-3 Layout bottom

19303_008_121001.eps
121001
2012-02-06
1
2722 171 90604 2722 171 90605
PLDK-P107D
Layout bottom
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 74QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 75

10.2 A 272217190609

19280_058_120425.eps
120425
Power Supply Unit with Integrated Led Driver
A01 A01
2012-03-08
1
2722 171 90609
Power Supply Unit with
Integrated Led Driver
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
! !
COLD
COLD
COLD
HOT
LiveNeutral
COLD
Separate connections for VSND and +12 V
3V3stdby Standby
GND1
+12V
GND1
GND_SND GND_SND
BL-I-CTRL
BL-ON BL-DIM(Vsync)
POK
+Vsnd +Vsnd
+12V
L2 Cathode
L1 Cathode
L4 Cathode
L3 Cathode
Anode_L
NC
L6 Cathode
L5 Cathode
NC
Anode_R
R5 Cathode
R6 Cathode
R4 Cathode R3 Cathode R2 Cathode R1 Cathode
CN3: 32inch N.C
CN2: 32inch IS100-L08T-C46-A(natural)/
37inch IS100-L08T-C46(black)
37inch IS100-L08T-C46-A(natural)
GND_AL
GND_AL
+12V_AL
+12V_AL
D116
RF101L4S
C115
1n 300v ⱞ▫
R127 1M 1/2W PRC
C116
104
C117
104
R124
220K
R128
470K
R126
10K
R125
10K
1
2
CN1_1308
AC-inlet
R101
120 1W
s
SA101
TSA601MA1
F101
T3.15AH 250V
PC101
EL817MC
PC102
EL817MC
R109
1K
ZD102
15V
Q101
KTN 2222A/ TO-92
R110
10K
R306
1.5K F
C304
104
R302
51F
R303
1.5KF
R305
2.7K F
R310
1K
R308
560F
B
EC
Q301
KTN 2907A
R307
120 F
R304
1.2K F
R309
4.7K
C305
104
L301
4.7uH
C303
225
C109
ZS 22uF/50V
R105
0
C121 ZS22uF/50V
ZD103 OPEN
C107
225
D106A
IN4007
R113
200
ZD101
P6KE180A
PC501
EL817MC
CY202 220pF
C507
102/50V
ZD503
5.6V
1
CSS
2
DELAY
3
CF
4
RFMIN
5
STBY
6
ISEN
7
LINE
8
DIS
9
PFC_STOP
10
GND
11
LVG
12
VCC
13
NC
14
OUT
15
HVG
16
VBOOT
U501
IC-SOP-16-L6599
L6599
R511
4.3KF
R521
47
R522
10
D504
MMSD4148W
R523
10K
R518
47
R519
10
D503
MMSD4148W
R520
10K
R513
120
C511
683
R512
0R0
C506
105
R509
47
R507
6.8KF
R508
2.2KF
C501
222
C504
224
C505
471 COG
R510 750K
C502
103
C508
104
R527
33
R531
100/1W
C526
47pF/1kV
D512
1N4148
D506
MMSD4148W
PC103
EL817MC
R507A
240
L501
BFS3550R
C307
105
C645
68uF/400V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
T101
EFD1515
1
GND2VCC3VFB4IPK
5
VSTR
6
DRAIN7DRAIN8DRAIN
U101
FSL106HR
C106
222
R256
120 F
R251
620
R252
10K F
C215 225
C411 120uF/63V
R255
3.6K F
C211
105
R257
1.5K F
R253
2.4K F
D212
MBRF20L45CTG
R254
300 F
C214 225
L512
Jumper
D211
MBRF10150CT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
T501
PEE3232
R330
20KF
U306
AZ431AN / SMD
C320
102
R314
51kF
R312
1KF
R317
0 F
B
EC
Q150
KTN 2222A
C151 104
R156 1KF
B
EC
Q151
KTN2907A
R161
1KF
C152
104
R160
1KF
D151
1N4148W
R260
2KF
C260
102
R272 24K F
PC502
EL817MC
R270
1kF
C601
470nF / 500V
TH601
3ohm 15D
D301
SB560 P=20mm
R311
1KF
U602
AS431AN / SMD
PC601 EL817MC
R632
4.7K F
C622
332
R631
2.7kF
Q406 KTN2222A
R487 10K F
R480 100K F
C440
103
R488 47K
R630A
1KF
R630
1KF
R622
330k
G
D
S
Q604
STK0160
R626
2.7K
R627
13K
C611 102
R629
100K
R628
1.2K
R623
330k
R624
330k
R625
330k
C626 103
C646
68uF/400V
Q104
KTN 2N7002
L511
BFS3550A
R132
68K
R134
68K
R131
68K
R133
68K
R120 470K
Q106
KTN 2N7002
R122 100K
C123
105
R121
220K
C122
104
VA101
750V 14A
1
2
3
4
BD601
4A 600V
CY103
N.C
D107
UF4007
D106
4148W
C509
225
C212
OPEN
R102
1K
ZD105
22V
Q102
KTN2222S/SOT-23
R103
100K
C103
ZS 10uF/50V
C102
OPEN
CY105 470pF
R266
1.5K F
R265
OPEN
C213
OPEN
C201
MK 1000uF/16V
R271
1kF
C301
NXH 1000uF/10V
JW1
12
3
4
LF102A
1615180
C202
MK 1000uF/16V
C203
MK 1000uF/16V
L201
1.6uH
C513
8.2nF/1kV
C119
102 1KV
C306
NXB 680uF/10V
D101
MMSD4148
D102
MMSD4148
U301
AZ431AN / SMD
U203
AS431AN / SMD
U204
AZ431AN/SMD
R633
OPEN
R634
0
G
D
S
Q501
SMK0850F
G
D
S
Q510
SMK0850F
CY106
470pF
CY104
N.C
CY102
100pF
CY101
100pF
C515
100pF/1kV
C514
100pF/1kV
12
3
4
L602
1615180
CX101
100nF
L202
BFS3550R2
1 2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
CN4_1M95
1-2041145-4
C461
104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN2_1316
IS100-L08T-C46(black)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN3_1319
IS100-L08T-C46-A(natural)
R491A32": N.C 37": 0R0 R491B32": 0R0 37": N.C
R491C32": 0R0 37": N.C
R491D32": N.C 37": 0R0
1
2
3
4
CN6_1M11
2041145-4
R104
10
ZD103A
9.1V Axial
R106
10
R129
5.6K
C201A
MK 1000uF/16V
C620 OPEN
C620A OPEN
R123
4.7M(1608)
R123A
4.7M(1608)
ST3V3
STANDBY
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
+12V
VLED
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
+12V
3V3_OVP
GND1
3V3_OVP
STVCC
GND1
+12V
UVLS
GND1
VCC
VCC
MAIN_CAP_VOL
MAIN_CAP_VOL
STVCC
12V3_OVP
12V3_OVP
ST3V3
GND1
GND_SND
STANDBY
POK
GND1
+12V +12V
12V3_SND
ST3V3
GND1
BL-ON-OFF
GND1
BL-I-CTRL
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
12V3_SND
GND_SND
GND_SND
R2 R3 R4 R5 R6
LED_A
LED_A
R1
LED_A
R1
+12V
GND1
VCC
VCC
Q407
KTN2907A
U405
AS431ANTR/SMD
C471
104
R468
560
R462
3.9K
R463
3.9K
R465
10K
R466
220K
R467
100K
R461
150F
R464
1.2KF
C472
475
R469
11KF
R470
510 F
R471
12KF
R472
47K
C473
105
Q451
KTN 2N7002
R473
1KF
C474
OPEN
G
DS
Q408
2N7002
C475
103
R475 470K
ZD401
5.1V
R460
110
R470C
OPEN
R470A
OPEN
R470B
OPEN
R410
1K
R408
240K F
R406
10K
C408
105
R407
10
R403
1.5K F
C437
154
R405
62K
R404
150K
C407
104
C406
105
1
NC
2
CMP7
3
IS6
4
CMP6
5
IS5
6
CMP5
7
IS4
8
CMP4
9
IS3
10
CMP3
11
IS2
12
CMP213IS114CMP115GNDA16OVP17UVLS18SSTCMP19RANGELED20ISW21GNDP22DRV
23
SYNC
24
NC
25
VREF
26
ENA
27
VIN
28
STATUS
29
ADIM
30
COMM
31
RT
32
PWM8
33
PWM7
34NC35NC36
PWM6
37
PWM5
38
PWM4
39
PWM3
40
PWM2
41
PWM1
42
IS8
43
CMP8
44
IS7
U401
LQFP-48 pin 0.8 Pitch OZ9909TN
R401 2K F
C403 102
C404
102 COG
R402
3K F
C402 102
R409
100KF
C409
103
R412
100KF
R415
100K
C410
103
R477
5.6K
C469
473
R478
4.7K
R476
100
R417 100
R421 27K F
R455A 1 F
R455B 1 F
R455C 1 F
R455D 1 F
R420
10k
R421A 22K F
R421B 11K F
C442
102
R419
1K
D410
D4148W
R418
15
R455E 1 F
R455F 1 F
C460 OPEN
C422
OPEN
R455 1 F
R411
10K F
R411A
10K F
R411B
10K F
C423
OPEN
G
D
S
Q402
AP15T15GH/D-PACK
C413 NXA 68uF/100V
D401
B3100-13-F
14
L401
55uH
L403
Jumper
C415
100pF/1kV
L404
BFS3550R
R481C
5.1k
R482C
1k
R485C
47 F
Q403C
BCX53-16
R484C
1.2KF
R483C
47F
R486C
2.2 F
R481A
5.1K
R482A
1K
R485A
47 F
Q403A
BCX53-16
R484A
1.2KF
R483A
47F
R486A
2.2 F
R481B
5.1K
R482B
1K
R485B
47 F
Q403B
BCX53-16
R484B
1.2KF
R483B
47F
R486B
2.2 F
R481D
5.1K
R482D
1K
R485D
47 F
Q403D
BCX53-16
R484D
1.2KF
R483D
47F
R486D
2.2 F
R481E
5.1k
R482E
1k
R485E
47 F
Q403E
BCX53-16
R484E
1.2KF
R483E
47F
R486E
2.2 F
R481F
5.1k
R482F
1k
R485F
47 F
Q403F
BCX53-16
R484F
1.2KF
R483F
47F
R486F
2.2 F
C481A OPEN
C481D
OPEN
C481B
OPEN
C481C
OPEN
C481E
OPEN
C481F
OPEN
BL-I-CTRL
VREF
ADIM
1DN
G1DNG
1DNG1
DNG1DNG
GND1 GND1
+12V
GND1
GND1GND1
GND1
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
BL-ON-OFF
DRV
STATUS
ADIM
+12V
IS2
IS3
IS4
IS5
IS6
CMP3
CMP4
CMP5
CMP6
CMP2
IS1
CMP1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
ISW
UVLS
GND1
OVP
VREF
VREF
GND1
POK
VREF
STATUS
GND1
GND1
ISW
DRV
OVP
GND1
VLED
UVLS
GND1
GND1
LED_A
GND1
R3
CMP3
IS3
GND1
R1
CMP1
IS1
GND1
R2
CMP2
IS2
GND1
R4
CMP4
IS4
GND1
R5
CMP5
IS5
GND1
R6
CMP6
IS6
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1

10-2-1 A01, PSL

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 75QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 76

10-2-2 Layout top

19280_059_120425.eps
120425
2012-03-08
1
2722 171 90609
PSL Layout top
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 76QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 77

10-2-3 Layout bottom

19280_060_120425.eps
120425
2012-03-08
1
2722 171 90609
PSL Layout bottom
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 77QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 78

10.3 A 272217190611

19280_061_120425.eps
120425
Power Supply Unit with Integrated Led Driver
A01 A01
2012-03-08
1
2722 171 90611
Power Supply Unit with
Integrated Led Driver
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
COLD
COLD
COLD
HOT
LiveNeutral
COLD
3V3stdby Standby
GND1
+12V
GND1
GND_SND GND_SND
BL-I-CTRL
BL-ON BL-DIM(Vsync)
POK
+Vsnd +Vsnd
+12V
L2 Cathode
L1 Cathode
L4 Cathode
L3 Cathode
Anode_L
NC
L6 Cathode
L5 Cathode
NC
Anode_R
R5 Cathode
R6 Cathode
R4 Cathode R3 Cathode R2 Cathode R1 Cathode
CN3: 32inch N.C
CN2: 32inch IS100-L08T-C46-A(natural)
/
37inch IS100-L08T-C46(black)
37inch IS100-L08T-C46-A(natural)
GND_AL
GND_AL
+12V_AL
+12V_AL
D116
RF101L4S
C115
1n 300v 넩ꩶ
R127 1M 1/2W PRC
C116
104
C117
104
R124
220K
R128
470K
R126
10K
R125
10K
1
2
CN1_1308
AC-inlet
R101
120 1W
s
SA101
TSA601MA1
F101
T3.15AH 250V
PC101
EL817MC
PC102
EL817MC
R109
1K
ZD102
15V
Q101
KTN 2222A/ TO-92
R110 10K
R306
1.5K F
C304
104
R302
51F
R303
1.5KF
R305
2.7K F
R310
1K
R308
560F
B
EC
Q301
KTN 2907A
R307
120 F
R304
1.2K F
R309
4.7K
C305
104
L301
4.7uH
C303
225
C109
ZS 22uF/50V
R105
0
C121 ZS22uF/50V
ZD103 OPEN
C107
225
D106A
IN4007
R113
200
ZD101
P6KE180A
PC501
EL817MC
CY202
220pF
C507
102/50V
ZD503
5.6V
1
CSS
2
DELAY
3
CF
4
RFMIN
5
STBY
6
ISEN
7
LINE
8
DIS
9
PFC_STOP
10
GND
11
LVG
12
VCC
13
NC
14
OUT
15
HVG
16
VBOOT
U501
IC-SOP-16-L6599
L6599
R511
4.3KF
R521
47
R522
10
D504
MMSD4148W
R523
10K
R518
47
R519
10
D503
MMSD4148W
R520
10K
R513
120
C511
683
R512
0R0
C506
105
R509
47
R507
6.8KF
R508
2.2KF
C501
222
C504
224
C505
471 COG
R510 750K
C502
103
C508
104
R527
33
R531
100/1W
C526
47pF/1kV
D512
1N4148
D506
MMSD4148W
PC103
EL817MC
R507A
240
L501
BFS3550R
C30
7
105
C645
68uF/400V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
T101
EFD1515
1
GND2VCC3VFB4IPK
5
VSTR
6
DRAIN7DRAIN8DRAIN
U101
FSL106HR
C106
222
R256
120 F
R251
620
R252
10K F
C215
225
C411 120uF/63V
R255
3.6K F
C211
105
R257
1.5K F
R253
2.4K F
D212
MBRF20L45CTG
R254
300 F
C214 225
L512
Jumper
D211
MBRF10150CT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
T501
PEE3232
R330
20KF
U306
AZ431AN / SMD
C320
102
R314
51kF
R312
1KF
R317
0 F
B
EC
Q150
KTN 2222A
C151 104
R156
1KF
B
EC
Q151
KTN2907A
R161
1KF
C152
104
R160
1KF
D151
1N4148W
R260
2KF
C260
102
R272 24K F
PC502
EL817MC
R270
1kF
C601
470nF / 500V
TH601
3ohm 15D
D301
SB560 P=20mm
R311
1KF
U602
AS431AN / SMD
PC601 EL817MC
R632
4.7K F
C622
332
R631
2.7kF
Q406 KTN2222A
R487
10K F
R480 100K F
C440
103
R488
47K
R630A
1KF
R630 1KF
R622
330k
G
D
S
Q604
STK0160
R626
2.7K
R627
13K
C611 102
R629 100K
R628
1.2K
R623
330k
R624
330k
R625
330k
C626 103
C646
68uF/400V
Q104
KTN 2N7002
L511
BFS3550A
R132
68K
R134
68K
R131
68K
R133
68K
R120 470K
Q106
KTN 2N7002
R122 100K
C123
105
R121
220K
C122
104
VA101
750V 14A
1
2
3
4
BD601
4A 600V
CY103
N.C
D107
UF4007
D106
4148W
C509 225
C212
OPEN
R102
1K
ZD105
22V
Q102
KTN2222S/SOT-23
R103
100K
C103
ZS 10uF/50V
C102
OPEN
CY105 470pF
R266
1.5K F
R265
OPEN
C213
OPEN
C201
MK 1000uF/16V
R271
1kF
C301
NXH 1000uF/10V
JW1
12
3
4
LF102A
1615180
C202
MK 1000uF/16V
C203
MK 1000uF/16V
L201
1.6uH
C513
8.2nF/1kV
C119
102 1KV
C306
NXB 680uF/10V
D101
MMSD4148
D102
MMSD4148
U301
AZ431AN / SMD
U203
AS431AN / SMD
U204
AZ431AN/SMD
R633
OPEN
R634
0
G
D
S
Q501
SMK0850F
G
D
S
Q510
SMK0850F
CY106 470pF
CY104
N.C
CY102
100pF
CY101
100pF
C515
100pF/1kV
C514
100pF/1kV
12
3
4
L602
1615180
CX101
100nF
L202
BFS3550R2
1 2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
CN4_1M95
1-2041145-4
C461
104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN2_1316
IS100-L08T-C46(black)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CN3_1319
IS100-L08T-C46-A(natural)
R491A32": N.C 37": 0R0 R491B32": 0R0 37": N.C
R491C32": 0R0 37": N.C
R491D32": N.C 37": 0R0
1
2
3
4
CN6_1M11
2041145-4
R104
10
ZD103A
9.1V Axial
R106
10
R129
5.6K
C201A
MK 1000uF/16V
C620
OPEN
C620A
OPEN
R123
4.7M(1608)
R123A
4.7M(1608)
ST3V3
STANDBY
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
+12V
VLED
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
+12V
3V3_OVP
GND1
3V3_OVP
STVCC
GND1
+12V
UVLS
GND1
VCC
VCC
MAIN_CAP_VOL
MAIN_CAP_VOL
STVCC
12V3_OVP
12V3_OVP
ST3V3
GND1
GND_SND
STANDBY
POK
GND1 +12V +12V
12V3_SND
ST3V3
GND1
BL-ON-OFF
GND1
BL-I-CTRL
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
12V3_SND
GND_SND
GND_SND
R2 R3 R4 R5 R6
LED_A
LED_A
R1
LED_A
R1
+12V
GND1
VCC
VCC
Q407
KTN2907A
U405
AS431ANTR/SMD
C471
104
R468
560
R462
3.9K
R463
3.9K
R465
10K
R466
220K
R467
100K
R461
150F
R464
1.2KF
C472
475
R469
11KF
R470
510 F
R471
12KF
R472
47K
C473
105
Q451
KTN 2N7002
R473
1KF
C474
OPEN
G
DS
Q408
2N7002
C475
103
R475 470K
ZD401
5.1V
R460
110
R470C
OPEN
R470A
OPEN
R470B
OPEN
R410
1K
R408
240K F
R406
10K
C408
105
R407
10
R403
1.5K F
C437
154
R405
62K
R404
150K
C407
104
C406
105
1
NC
2
CMP7
3
IS6
4
CMP6
5
IS5
6
CMP5
7
IS4
8
CMP4
9
IS3
10
CMP3
11
IS2
12
CMP213IS114CMP115GNDA16OVP17UVLS18SSTCMP19RANGELED20ISW21GNDP22DRV
23
SYNC
24
NC
25
VREF
26
ENA
27
VIN
28
STATUS
29
ADIM
30
COMM
31
RT
32
PWM8
33
PWM7
34NC35NC36
PWM6
37
PWM5
38
PWM4
39
PWM3
40
PWM2
41
PWM1
42
IS8
43
CMP8
44
IS7
U401
LQFP-48 pin 0.8 Pitch OZ9909TN
R401 2K F
C403 102
C404
102 COG
R402
3K F
C402 102
R409
100KF
C409
103
R412
100KF
R415
100K
C410
103
R477
5.6K
C469
473
R478
4.7K
R476
100
R417 100
R421
27K F
R455A 1 F
R455B 1 F
R455C 1 F
R455D 1 F
R420
10k
R421A
22K F
R421B
11K F
C442
102
R419
1K
D410
D4148W
R418
15
R455E 1 F
R455F 1 F
C460
OPEN
C422
OPEN
R455 1 F
R411 10K F
R411A
10K F
R411B
10K F
C423
OPEN
G
D
S
Q402
AP15T15GH/D-PACK
C413
NXA 68uF/100V
D401
B3100-13-F
14
L401
55uH
L403
Jumper
C415
100pF/1kV
L404
BFS3550R
R481C
5.1k
R482C
1k
R485C
47 F
Q403C
BCX53-16
R484C
1.2KF
R483C
47F
R486C
2.2 F
R481A
5.1K
R482A
1K
R485A
47 F
Q403A
BCX53-16
R484A
1.2KF
R483A
47F
R486A
2.2 F
R481B
5.1K
R482B
1K
R485B
47 F
Q403B
BCX53-16
R484B
1.2KF
R483B
47F
R486B
2.2 F
R481D
5.1K
R482D
1K
R485D
47 F
Q403D
BCX53-16
R484D
1.2KF
R483D
47F
R486D
2.2 F
R481E
5.1k
R482E
1k
R485E
47 F
Q403E
BCX53-16
R484E
1.2KF
R483E
47F
R486E
2.2 F
R481F
5.1k
R482F
1k
R485F
47 F
Q403F
BCX53-16
R484F
1.2KF
R483F
47F
R486F
2.2 F
C481A
OPEN
C481D
OPEN
C481B
OPEN
C481C
OPEN
C481E
OPEN
C481F
OPEN
BL-I-CTRL
VREF
ADIM
1DNG1D
NG
1DNG1D
NG1DNG
GND1 GND1
+12V
GND1
GND1GND1GND1
BL-DIM(VSYNC)
BL-ON-OFF
DRV
STATUS
ADIM
+12V
IS2
IS3
IS4
IS5
IS6
CMP3
CMP4
CMP5
CMP6
CMP2
IS1
CMP1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
ISW
UVLS
GND1
OVP
VREF
VREF
GND1
POK
VREF
STATUS
GND1
GND1
ISW
DRV
OVP
GND1
VLED
UVLS
GND1
GND1
LED_A
GND1
R3
CMP3
IS3
GND1
R1
CMP1
IS1
GND1
R2
CMP2
IS2
GND1
R4
CMP4
IS4
GND1
R5
CMP5
IS5
GND1
R6
CMP6
IS6
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
GND1
Separate connections for VSND and +12 V

10-3-1 A01, PSL

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 78QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
div. table
back to
Page 79

10-3-2 Layout top

2012-03-08
1
2722 171 90611
PSL Layout top
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 79QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 80

10-3-3 Layout bottom

19280_063_120425.eps
120425
2012-03-08
1
2722 171 90611
PSL Layout bottom
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 80QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 81
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
19280_001_120322.eps
120322
Connectors and protections
B01A B01A
2011-12-16
6
2011-11-24
5
8204 000 9215
Connectors and protections
VIN
VOUT
GND
EN
FLG
EN
*
+12V DETECTION
AMBILIGHT 3-SIDED PROTECTION
RES
OPTIONAL
INSTEAD 1M99
IUAV
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
1-2041145-4
1M95
1
10 11 12 13 14
2UA5
3UAT-4
2K2
10n
2
3
1n0
2UA7
SI4778DY-GE3
567
8
4
1
7UAC
220K
3UAB
FUA7
3UAA
100R
8
3UAH-1
22K
1
10K
3UAV-4
IUAK
2UAM
1u0
+12V
5UAA
3u0
100R
3UA4
2UAK
100p
3UAF-3
36
FUAT
T 32V3.0A
1UA0
10K
RES
3 6
3UAN-3
4K7
6
1
3UAD
3K3
7UAA-1
BC857BS(COL)
2
FUA0
3UAJ
4K7
FUA1
+3V3-WIFI
390R
3UAR
+12Va
IUAG
RES 2UAV
330u 6.3V
FUAB
9UA1-4 RES
+3V3-WIFI+3V3-STANDBY
RES
9UA1-2 RES 9UA1-3
RES
+12V
9UA1-1
1UA2
2.0A 63VT
FOR DUAL SIDE AL ONLY
2K2
3UA6
FUA8
RES
1u0
2UAJ
RES
IUAB
2K2
3UAT-2
FUA3
3UA1
100R
0R1
3UAW
100p
2UA4
AMBI-POWER
2UA6
100p
IUAJ
RES
100K
3UA8
10n
2UA1
1
10K
3UAV-3
RT9715EGB
7UAE
4
3
2
5
+12VAL
T
+12VAL
GND-AL
32V3.0A
1UA1
BC847BPN(COL)
7UA0-2
5
3
4
2UAN
100p
B230LA-M3
PDZ15B(COL)
6UAC
6UAF
RES
1 8
FUA2
3UAN-1
4K7
3UAE
1K0
1 8
+12VAL
10K
3UAF-1
RES
1 8
FUAK
3
4
4K7
3UAP-1
1M11
2041145-4
*
1 2
4K7
+12VAL
45
3UAG
3UAF-4
10K
IUAM
3UA0 100R
10K
3UA7
100p
2UAL
+3V3-STANDBY
6UAB
S1D
RES
4
7UA2 PMV31XN
BC857BS(COL)
7UAA-2
5
3
3UAP-2
4K7
RES
27
9UA0
BC847BPN(COL)
7UA0-1
2
6
1
RES
+12V-AUDIO
IUAC
5
IUAR
3UAP-4
4K7
RES
4
FUA5
IUAE
IUAF
+22V
RES
6.3V 330u
2UA9
10u
2UAR
45
FUA4
22K
3UAH-4
+3V3AL
7
8
AMBI-POWER
1M99
2041145-8
1 2
3
4 5 6
+3V3-STANDBY
+12VAL
+12V
GND-AL
6
FUAA
4K7
3UAP-3RES
3
FUAR
2UA8
10n
IUA0
2
6
1
+12Vb
+3V3-STANDBY
7UA1-1
BC847BS(COL)
10K
3UAS
FUAL
GND-AL
IUAL
RES
2UAS
10u
100n
2UA3
100R
3UAY
+3V3
1R0
3UAC
IUA1
A
3
K
1
R
2
1u0
2UA2
RES
TS2431
7UAF
1u0
2UAP
3UAF-2
10K
72
100R
3UA2
2K2
3UAT-3
FUAN
3UAT-1
10K
3UAV-2
2K2
16V
100u
2UAT
IUAP
2UA0
1u0
2UAB
100n
RES
BC847BS(COL)
7UA1-2
5
3
4
IUAD
PDZ6.2B(COL)
6UAA
1u0
2UAA
FUA9
RES
45
FUA6
4K7
3UAN-4
RES
IUAT
10K
3UAK
10K
3UA9
AMBI-POWER
3UA3
100R
FUAJ
+12VAL
GND-AL
FUAP
RES
1K5
3UA5
DBG
330R
3UAM
+3V3
1
3
2
BC847BW
7UAB
10K
3UAV-1
3UAH-2
22K
27
+12VAL
+12V
6UAD
+12V
FUAH
PDZ15B(COL)
DBG
6UAE
LTST-C190KGKT
100n
2UAD
IUAS
3 6
FUAS
22K
3UAH-3
IUAA
7UA3
BC847BW
IUAN
100n
2UAU RES
RES
27
BL-DIM1
4K7
3UAN-2
DETECT12Vn
STANDBYn
STANDBY
DETECT12V
ENABLE-3V3-AMBI
STANDBY
BL-ON
BL-DIM
BL-I-CTRL
POWER-OK

10.4 B 310431365664

10-4-1 B01A, Connectors and protections

EN 81QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 82

10-4-2 B01B, Fusion supply DC/DC

19280_002_120322.eps
120322
Fusion supply
B01B B01B
2011-12-16
6
2011-11-24
5
8204 000 9215
Fusion supply
DC/DC
VIN2
SS
EN
VFB
VO
VIN1
PG
VBST
SW2
VREG5
SW1
GND_HS
PGND
GND
VIA
PGOOD
DRI
FB
VCC
EN
GND
TON
GND_HS
GND
BOOT
UGATE
FB
PHASE
LGATE
MODE
PGOOD
CS
EN
VCC
CORE VOLTAGE SUPPLY MIPS FUSION
DDR3 SUPPLY FUSION
CORE VOLTAGE SUPPLY FUSION
IUBF
GND-1V1F
RES
470K
3UB9
1M0
3UCR RES
GND-1V5
IUC0
100K
3UB7 RES
27
GND-1V2
3UC3-2
10R
1%
220K
3UCN
3UC2
2K2
RES
5UB7
2u0
GND-1V2
22u
2UCB
RES
+12Va
2UCL
220u 2.5V
3UC0
10R
270K
3UCK
+12Va
+12Va
RES
2UCP
10u
45
IUC2
3UCH-4
4K7
5UC0
IUC9
2u0
3UC5
1M0
1%12K
3UCJ
9UC0
+1V1-FD
4K7
3UD1
30R
3UD2
22R
5UC1
IUCD
PDZ5.6B(COL)
RES
IUC5
6UC1
GND-1V5
22K
FUC0
3UCW
RES
2UBS
1n0
1%22K
3UB6
22u
2UCW
GND-1V5
IUBC
IUCA
2UBV
100n
2UCA
22u
10R
3UCD
RES
30R
5UB5
3UCL
GND-1V5
RES
1%33K
2UBK
100n
3UCE
120K 1%
RES
9UC1
+1V2-MIPS
A
3
K
1
R
2
TS2431
7UC4
3UC7
270K 5%
10R
3UC3-1
1 8
22u
RES
2UCY
GND-1V2
2UCM
22p
100n
2UC2
7UC3
567
8
4
123
GND-1V2
GND-1V2
SI4172DY-GE3
DBG
GND-1V1F
2
1
84
3UC9
2K2
LM833
7UC8-1
3
IUCJ
2UCF
1n0
RES
22u
2UBN
3
4
10u
2UBL
7UC6-2 BC847BS(COL)
5
7UC1
RES
22K
3UB8
BC847BW
45
1%
100K
3UCT-4
2UCS
10u
+5V
+Vb
4K7
3UCH-1
1 8
IUCB
IUCC
10R
3UC3-3
3 6
220K
3UCZ
22u
2UCC
IUC1
IUBE
FUB5
2UC0
1u0
IUC3
LTST-C190CKT
6UC0
DBG
22 23 24
13
14
1
3
11
12
2
16
25 26
17 18 19 20 21
7
5
15
6
8
9
4
10
IUC6
7UB5
TPS54429PWP
1%12K
3UCP
680K
IUCE
3UC6
+1V5
IUCK
2K2
3UCM
RES
2UBW
22p
RES
2UBY
3n3
2UBM
10u
1u0
GND-1V2
2UCG
10u
+12Va
2UCE
1%
IUCL
+1V5
3UCB
22K
GND-1V2
FUC3
GND-1V5
1n0
2UC4
+Vb
5
6
7
84
IUCH
LM833
7UC8-2
IUC4
3UCY
IUC7
+1V1-FD
22K
1 8
GND-1V1F
2UCR
100K
3UCT-1
RES
1n0
1%180K
3UCG
8
4
123
GND-1V1F
7UC2 SI4778DY-GE3
567
5
1 3
2
4
6
GND-1V2
RES
RT9194GE
7UC5
IUBG
1M0
3UCV
RES
2UCD
220p
1%
1n0
2UCT
150K
3UCA
2UC1
1n0
+5V
GND-1V2
3R3
IUCG
IUBD
3UC1
4K7
3UCH-3
3 6
45
GND-1V1F
10R
3UC3-4
3R3
3UC8
13
1
7
29
311
5
4
10
68
12
2u0
5UC2
7UC0
RT8228BGQW
IUCM
IUBB
IUC8
GND-1V1F
2UBP
22u
7UC7 PHD38N02LT
3UCS
1%47K
2UCN
1u0
10R
3UD0
22u
2UCK
RES
GND-1V2
6UC2
B340A-M3
cUP9
GND-1V1F
2UCH
100n
2UCV
1n0
RES
22K
1%
330p
2UC3
3UCF
2
6
1
BC847BS(COL)
7UC6-1
FUC2
RES
GND-1V2
2UCU
1u0
2UCJ
22u
IUCF
3UC4
100K 1%
10R
3UCC
7
+5V
IUBA
4K7
3UCH-2
2
+1V5
22u
2UBT
IUCP
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
IUCN
DVS1
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
DVS2
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
SENSE+1V1-FD
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 82QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 83

10-4-3 B01C, DVBS supply DC/DC

19280_003_120322.eps
120322
DVBS supply
B01C B01C
2011-12-16
6
2011-11-24
5
8204 000 9215
DVBS supply
DC/DC
VIA
ADDR
VOUT
VUP
VBYP
SCL
SDA
DETIN
IN OUT
FLT
BPSW
ISEL
GND
PGND
GND_HS
DSQ
NC
VCC
LX
SW
VREG5
GNDGND_HS
VFB
VIA
EN
VIN
SS
VBST
LNB SUPPLY
CORE VOLTAGE SUPPLY FOR DVBS DEMODULATOR
IUP6
100n
2UP4
470n
FUP1
+2V5-DVBS
2UPJ
+12V-DVBS
2UP7
1u02UPE
10u
IUP3
1K0
3UP3
DEBUG
IUP1
+1V0-DVBS
+V-LNB
2UP9
10n
5UP5
10u
B230LA-M3
6UP4
2UPG
47u 25V
+12V-DVBS
2UP0
10u
IUPG
GND-1V0
3UP2
8K2 1%
29
30 31 32 33
20
21
RES
13 14 24
4
7
8
16
17
26 27 28
2
15
25
9
3
1
5 10 11 12
Φ
LNBH25PQ
7UP2
6
18
19
22 23
3UP4
22K 1%
47R
3UPD
47R
IUP9
3UPB
FUPA
1u0
3UP7
2UPH
+5V
68K
IUPE
100n
2UPL RES
IUP8
GND-1V0
220n
2UPK
IUPF
cUP1
10u
2UPD
IUP4
+V-LNB
RES
470K
3UP5
3u0
5UP2
6UP6
B230LA-M3
47u
2UPF
8K2
3UP6
25V
1%
3UPE
22K
2UPC
100n
2UP8RES
1n0
22p
2UPB RES
2UPA
22p
22u
RES
RES
5UP6
2UP6
30R
100n
2UP2
GND-1V0
9
4 6
72
10
11
8
3
TPS54227DDA
Φ
STEP DOWN
1
5
2UP1
10u
7UP1
3UP1
68K
RES
2UP5
GND-1V0
22u
+12V
IUP7
25V10u
2UPM
30R
5UP1
RES
RS1D
6UP5
T 32V3.0A
1UP1
+12V-DVBS
IUPJ
IUP2
GND-1V0
6UP1
LTST-C190KGKT
DEBUG
F22-DISECQ-TX
SENSE+1V0-DVBS
SCL-FE
SDA-FE
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 83QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 84

10-4-4 B01D, Power sequencing DC/DC

19280_004_120322.eps
120322
Power sequencing
B01D B01D
2011-12-16
6
2011-11-24
5
8204 000 9215
Power sequencing
DC/DC
3K3
3UGE
3UGF
100R
IUF6
BC847BPN(COL)
7UF5-1
2
6
1
+12V
IUFJ
2UF9
100n
IUF2
22K
3UG1-3
22K
3UG2-2
3UFV-1
1 8
IUFS
RES
100R
3
4
RES
2UF4
10n
7UF5-2
BC847BPN(COL)
5
3UF7-3
100K
36
3UGC
120K
IUFN
IUFR
IUFM
27
3UG1-1
22K
3UF7-2
100K
3UFA
100K RES
5
3
4
+2V5
7UF3-2
BC847BPN(COL)
BC847BPN(COL)
2
6
1
IUF0
7UF3-1
6
1
+12V
7UF6-1
BC847BPN(COL)
2
3UG0-2
22K
22K
3UG0-4
3UFF
12K
IUFL
IUFG
27
5
3
4
RES
3UFV-2
100R
7UF8-2
BC847BS(COL)
IUFK
IUFC
3UG2-1
22K
100K
22K
3UG1-4
IUFE
RES3UF2
+12V
2UF2
1u0
+12V
5
3
4
IUF3
1
BC847BPN(COL)
7UF6-2
BC847BPN(COL)
7UF7-1
2
6
100n
2UF5
81
3UF7-1
100K
47K
3UFGRES
22K
3UG2-4
+3V3-STANDBY
IUFP
3UGB
100K
22K
3UG2-3
54
IUF7
3 6
100K
3UF7-4
RES
100R
3UFV-3
3UG0-1
22K
+3V3
1
3UG1-2
22K
BC847BS(COL)
7UF8-1
2
6
100K
3UF1
5
3
4
IUFD
7UF7-2
BC847BPN(COL)
45
3UG0-3
22K
+2V5
RES
3UFV-4
100R
IUF5
IUF1
+5V
IUFA
+12V
IUF8
ENABLE+2V5
DETECT12V
DETECT12Vn
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
ENABLE+2V5
ENABLE+3V3
ENABLE+1V5+1V1
ENABLE+3V3
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 84QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 85

10-4-5 B01E, -

19280_005_120322.eps
120322
-
Intentionally blank
B01E B01E
2011-12-16
6
2011-11-24
5
8204 000 9215
-
DC/DC
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 85QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 86

10-4-6 B01E, Miscellaneous

19280_006_120322.eps
120322
Miscellaneous
B01F B01F
2011-12-16
6
2011-11-24
5
8204 000 9215
Miscellaneous
DC/DC
VIA
SCL
SDA
VDD
VSS
GND_HS
LED0
LED1
LED2
LED3
+T
SENSOR
+3V3-STANDBY
TEMPERATURE
10R
3CYD
FCYA
7CY1 BC847BW
RES
10R
3CYG
100R
3CYJ
3CYU
47R
RES
9CY3
RES
10K
3CY5 RES
FCY2
4
6
7
8
10 11 12 13
5
RES
Φ
9
1
2
3
PCA9633TK
7CY6
RES
3CYH
10R
FCY3
FCYB
FTA7
1R0
3CYL
+5V
RES
100R
3CYA
10p
RES
2CY5
10p
2CY6
ICY4
RES
RES
3CYR
47R
RES
30R
5TA2
2CY8
10p
10K
3CY8
RES
10p
2TA1
1n0
2GYG
FCY4
RES
FCYD
3CY9
10K
2GYD
1n0
10p
2CYL
FCY8
1TA1
1.0A
RES
FCY9
FTA1
63VT
100p
2CYE
FTA3
+3V3
19 20
ICY1
17 18
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
FH52-18S-0.5SH
1
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1C21
ICY7
FGY4
100p
2CYA
10K
3CY2
1n0
2GYC
1u0
2TA3
FGY6
RES
9CY1 RES
+3V3
3CYF
0R4
FTA4
RES
10R
3CYM
47R
3CYS
7CY2
RES
100p
2CY7
+5V
BC847BW
1u0
RES
2CYF
RES
100K
3CY7
100R
3GY3
FCY6
3CY3
10K
47R
2GYB
1n0
3CYV
FCYC
FGY3
2GYE
1n0
3CYC
100R
100R
3GY7
10p
2CY9
3CY1
10K
RES
3
4
502386-0470
1T71
1 2
1 2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
RES
2041145-9
1M54
100p
2CYC
+3V3
FTA2
100R
3GYD
FGY7 100R
3GY9
3GYC
100R
9CY2
+3V3-STANDBY
100R
3CYP
RES
3CYT
100R
+5V
2GYF
1n0
FTA6
+3V3-STANDBY
100R
1n0
2GYJ
3CYN
+12V
3GY8
100R
3TA2
RES
10R
100n
2CY3
100R
3GYA
RES
1n0
2GYH
FTA5
FGY2
RES
2CYK
100n
100p
ITA1
2CY4
5TA1
30R
RES
FCY7
10K
3CY4
FGY9
FCYE
3TA1
RES
+3V3-STANDBY
ICY2
10R
FCY1
1u0
2CY1
+3V3-STANDBY
47n
2CY2RES
ICY3
3CYK
10R
2CYD
100p
3CYB 100R
3GYB
100R
FGY8
FGYA
2CYB
100p
2TA2RES
10p
RES
3CY6
10K
FCY5
ICY6
100R
3CYE
8
9
12 13
FGY5
1C20
1
10 11
2
3
4 5 6 7
FH52-11S-0.5SH
IRQ-SRFn
KEYBOARD_IRQ-SRFn
LED1
LED2
LED1 SCL-MC
LED2 SDA-MC
SDA-MC
RESET-RF4CEn
SCL-MC
SCL-SRF SDA-SRF
IRQ-SRFn TXD-RF4CE
RXD-RF4CE LED1-OUT SPEAKER-DETECTn
LED2-OUT
LED1
LED2
LIGHT-SENSOR 3D-LED_3D-RF
LED2-OUT KEYBOARD_IRQ-SRFn
RC_IRQ-RF4CEn
SCL-SRF
SDA-SRF
LED1
LED1-OUT
LED2
BL-DIM1 BL-DIM2 BL-DIM3
BL-DIM5
BL-DIM7
BL-DIM4
BL-DIM6
BL-DIM8
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 86QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 87

10-4-7 B02A, Tuner-channel decoder

19280_007_120322.eps
120322
Tuner-channel decoder
B02A B02A
2011-12-06
5
8204 000 9218
Tuner-channel decoder
Front-end
COM
OUTIN
PVDD
DVDDCVDD
VSS
GND_HS
TSDATA
SDA
VIA
TSCLK TSVALID TSSYNC
0 1 2
3
4 5 6 7
SCL
XTALO
TAINP TAINM
RFAIN
GPIO0 GPIO1 GPIO2
TIFAGC
TTUSCL TTUSDA
TESTMODE
SLVADR0
OSCEN_X
RST_X
SLVADR3
NC1 NC2
XTALI
7FA1
2FAD
22K
3FAD
3FAA
3FA9
3FAC
TV550-R4
=
100nF
2K7
FUSION
BC857BS
100R
Position Nr
I2C
0XD8
470R
3FA7
ADDRESS
_
2K7 470R
22nF
3FAB
47R
3KA1
10K
IKC4
2FAB
10p
FFAB
3KC0-1
47R
8
1
FFA8
5FA7
30R
FFAA
2FA5
22u
100n
2KCE
22R
3KCE
9RC2-3
3 6
DKC1
IFA3
3K3
3KC8
+1V2-DVBT2-C
5FA5
330n
9RC2-1
1 8
2KCH
10n
10K
3FAB
VCC-TUNER
+3V3
FFAC
AFA5
IKC5
IKC9
2FAH
10p
AFA3
10u
2KCS
1
IKC3
1FA2
U.FL-R-SMT-1(10)
2
3
VCC-TUNER
3KCB
47R
3FAC
470R
2
6
1
RES
7FA1-1
BC857BS(COL)
2KCK
6p8
2KCC
12p
330n
5KC9
IKC7
470R
3FAA
IKC6
27
AFA2
9RC2-2
2KCP
1u0
RES
6.3V330u
2FA0
DKC0
5KC6
30R
5FA6
30R
72
3K3
47R
3KC0-2
5KC8
3KC9
330n
30R
5KC5
2FAF
100n
2KC3
10p
22K
3KCC
100R
+1V2-DVBT2-P
3FA7
2FAE
10p
47R
3KA0
IKC8
AFA4
100R
3FA2
22u
2FA6
+3V3-DVBT2-D
47R
+1V2-DVBT2-P
3FA4
2FAD
22n
2KC0
100n
10p
FFA5
4
2FAJ
7FA1-2 BC857BS(COL)
5
3
9KC1
3FA1
100R
2K7
3FA9
12p
2KCB
+1V2-DVBT2-C
2KC2
100n
100n
2KC1
+1V2-DVBT2-C
9FA0
100n
AFA1
2FA2
3KA4 100R
AFA0
RES
FFA7
FFA3
2KCF 100n
+1V2-FE
FFA6
100R
3KA3
10p
2FAG
10p
2FAC
22K
+3V3-DVBT2-D
3FAD
2KCJ
100n
IKC2
2FA8
100n
FFA4
2KC5
100n
0R1
3FA0
FKC1
3KC2
47R
47R
3KCA
18232731363943
35
34
74
52 53 54 55 56 57 58
6
11
64 65 66 67 68
51
69 70 71 72 73
17
3
4
46 45
50
59 60 61 62 63
24
48
5
8
9 12 13 14 15 16
32
41
29
20 21
25
30
37
38
44719
42
49
1 47 2
33
40
26
7KC0
CXD2834ER
102228
47R
3KC3
IFA5
2FA7
10p
2KCR
1u0
2
4
13
15
16
NC1
5
NC2
6
1KC0
41M
I2C_SCL
11
I2C_SDA
IF1_N
3
IF1_P
2
8
IF2_N
IF2_P
7
12
4131
1F00
SUT-RE214Z
TUNER
A3.3V
1
AGC1
4
AGC2
9 10
3 2
5FA1
30R
7FA0
LD1117DT33
1
9KC0
2KCD
10p
1FA0
BM03B-SRSS-TBT
1 2
3
45
DBG
5KC7
30R
RES
PDTA114EU
7KA0
9RC2-4
45
IFA0
10K
3KC7
U.FL-R-SMT-1(10)
1FA1
2
3
1
FFA2
1K0
3KC4
100n
2KC7
5FA0
30R
+3V3-DVBT2-D
5KC0
4u7
IFA4
4u7
5KC1
VCC-TUNER
47R
3KC1
2FAA 10p
3KA2
6K8
47R
3FA3
RES
FFA9
2FAK
10p
330n
5FA4
100n
2KC6
RES3FA8
6K8
2FA4
1n0
IKC1
+5V
IKC0
1K0
3KC6
IFA6
VCC-TUNER
VCC-TUNER
IFA1
100n
2KC4
10p
2KCG
10p2FA9
2FA1
10u
FFA0
FFA1
9FA1
47R
3KC0-36 3
IF-N-DVBT2
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-CHDEC-SOP
TS-CHDEC-VALID
TS-CHDEC-CLK
SOC-IF-AGC
IF-AGC
IF-AGC
T2-AGC
SDA-TUNER
SCL-TUNER
SOC-IF-P
SOC-IF-N
IF-P-DVBT2
SDA-FE
TS-INT-CLK
TS-INT-VALID
TS-INT-SOP
TS-INT-DATA
RESET-FUSION-OUTn
IF-N-DVBT2
IF-P-DVBT2
T2-AGC
IF-AGC
SCL-FE
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 87QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 88

10-4-8 B02B, DVBS

19280_008_120322.eps
120322
DVBS
B02B B02B
2011-12-06
5
8204 000 9218
DVBS
Front-end
VCO
XTAL_OUT
VIA
IP
NC
RF_OUT
QN
QP
IN
RF LNA LT MIX DIG BB SYN HS
GND
VCO
LNA LT MIX DIG BB SYN
VSS
XTAL_IN
XTAL_CMD
SCL SDA
AGC
AS
RF_IN
NC
COM
OUT
IN
EN BP
6
5
4
3
DISEQCOUT1
TRST
VS
FSKRX_IN FSKRX_OUT
13
12
11
10
9
XTALI
XTALO
DIRCLK CLKI CLKI2 CLKOUT27
P
3
4 5
N
0 1 2
ERROR
DPN
STROUT
CLKOUT
7
6
P
Q1
RESETB
I1
TMS
0 1
CS
NC
GPIO
2
1
SCLT SDAT
1
TDO
TDI
TCK
AGCRF1
D
1
0
COMP
STDBY
SCL SDA
8
7
DISEQCIN1
N
VIA
VDDA2V5
VDDA1V0
GNDA
GND_HS
VDD1V0
VDD3V3
COM
OUT
IN
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
68P
Affected Pin
2RCB
I2C-ADDRESS : C6
STV6111
NC
-
27
2RBY
NC
4N7
9RB6
-
2RBM
27
NC
NC
NC
NC
9RB8
27
X
Diversity Matrix (Satellite Tuner dependant)
Default Value
STV6110
3RB3
25
25
NC
I2C-ADDRESS : D0
NC
NC
NC
NC
7
-
X
X
X
27
4R7
-
2RBV
NC
2K2
-
27
-
X
27P
100P
X
-
2RB7
9RB7
4,5
NC
2RBU
27P
-
X
X
NC
NC
NC
NC
4,5
X
X
JUMP
NC
X
-
NC
NC
NC
9RB9
-
4,5
NC
Position Nr
NC
NC
JUMP
JUMP
NC
NC
X
NC
10U
NC
-
33N
NC
NC
NC
NC
JUMP
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
10p
2RBE
NC
4,5
2RBW
100n
2RA2
FRA1
47R
3 6
FRA5
3RA0-3
2RAU
100n
100n
2RA0
10n
2RA6
0p56
2RBG
+3V3RF
RES
+3V3-DEMOD
IRA3
2RAH
100n
2RAF
100n
3RA8
47R
+3V3-DEMOD
2RAN
10n
NX3225GA
16M
24
1
3
1RA0
2RA5
100n
2RBC
10p
2RAE
10n
RES 2RB1
6p8
+3V3RF
RES
2RC7
10p
+2V5-DVBS
10n
2RBK
2RC4
10n
38 39
40 41 42
1
30
31
32
14 82
118627
34 35 36 37
18
23 24
20
21
5
4
7
12 13
22
17
3
3
5
1
9
2
0
193 25 26
19
Φ
SATELLITE
TUNER
STV6110AT
2
16
7RA0
2RB3
1n0
2RBF
10p
1n0
2RB2
100R3RB1-1
1 8
10n
2RAC
2RA8
10n
2RA9
100n
3RA4
1K0
+1V0-DVBS
10n
2RAA
2RC6
22u 16V
1K0
3RA2
IRA9
2RBA
10p
10p
2RB9
43
2
15
7RC0
RT9193-25GB
IRC2
IRC1
RES 2RBT
47p
2RB5
100n
FRA6
100n
2RAT
2RBM
27p
*
2RBD
10p
2RC5
100n
47n
2RB0
2RAY
22u
2RC9
47p
RES
100n
2RAL
100n
2RA4
47R
3RA7
6RA0
SM15T
+2V5-DVBS
IRA2
IRA1
2RAW
100n
2RA7
100n
3RA1
47R
10n
2RAP
135 136 137 138
157 158
132
159 160 161 162 163 164 165
133 134
148
131
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156
130
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147
96 106
2
3
5 9 13 114 118 123 127
31 33 36 39
21
38
54 76 80 92
85 88
93 99 102 105 110 112
22 25 28
48 51 53 57 61 66 69 72
17
77 81
10
14 113 117 121 125
129
15
42 45
7RA1-2
STV0903BAC
POWER_VIA
Φ
1 4 6
26 23 24 29 27
52
122
124
94
8
7
62
97
19
98
18
58
75
111 115 116 119 120
83 84 86 87 89
90 91
44 43
37 35
11 12
82
95 108 109
107
101
34
32
30
55
50
49
47
46
68
70
71
73
59
128 20
78
79
126
103
74
100
40
41
60 56
63
64
65
67
Φ
MAIN
STV0903BAC
7RA1-1
16
104
2RBR
10p
IRA4
22u
2RAG
+3V3
10p
2RBB
1n0
2RBJ
120K
3RA3
2RB8
100p
1K0
9RB0 RES
3RB0
2RAS
100n
100n
2RC3
10K
3RC1
10n
2RAM
2RCA
2p2
100n
2RB6
RES
5RA0
30R
+3V3-DVBS
100n
2RAR
+3V3-DVBS
FRA7
*
3RB3
4R7
FRA8
+3V3-DVBS
2RC0
30R
5RA1
1u0
100p
2RBH
+3V3-DVBS
+3V3RF
1n0
2RB4
100n
2RAV
2RBL
IRA8
22u
30R
5RC0
27n
5RA2
10p
2RBS
+3V3RF
100n
2RAB
2
3
4
5
6 7
8
9 10
1R01
1
3 6
+3V3-DVBS
5
100R
3RB1-3
3RB1-4 100R
4
2RA3
10n
10n
2RA1
1 83RA0-1
47R
2RC2
1u0
IRC0
+3V3-DVBS
3RC2
10K
RES
22u
2RCE
2RAD
IRC3
27
100n
47R
3RA0-2
10p
2RC8 RES
100n
2RAJ
FRA4
2RBW
FRA3
IRA0
*
33n
100n
9RB6
+1V0-DVBS
2RAK
*
7RC2 BC847BW
1
3 2
7RC1
LD1117DT33
FRC0
FRC1
10p
2RBP
2RBN
10p
*
27p
2RCB
+1V0-DVBS
*
9RB9
IRA7
2RCC
22u
RES
22u
2RCD
FRA2
7
*
2RB7
10u
3RB1-2 100R
2
4n7
2RBU
10K
3RA6
*
1u0
2RC1
FRA0
+5V
+1V0-DVBS
*
9RB8
*
9RB7
2RBY
100p
*
68p
2RBV
RESET-DVBS
SCLT SDAT
AGC
XTAL
*
IM
IP
QM
QP
+V-LNB
AGC
TS-DVBS-DATA
TS-DVBS-CLK
TS-DVBS-SOP
TS-DVBS-VALID
SCL-FE SDA-FE
TS-INT-DATA
TS-INT-VALID
TS-INT-CLK TS-INT-SOP
F22-DISECQ-TX
QM QP
IM IP
SCLT SDAT
SENSE+1V0-DVBS
XTAL
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 88QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 89

10-4-9 B03A, LVDS fanout

19280_009_120322.eps
120322
LVDS Fanout
B03A B03A
2011-12-16
3
2011-11-24
2
8204 000 9238
LVDS Fanout
P N
XTLI24M
XTLO24M
RSTN
TESTCON
RXD
SDA
SCL
LED
3
2
1
0
SPI_EN SFSI SFSO SFWPN SFHOLDN SFCES SFSCK
0 1 2
3
4 5 6 7
TS1CLK TS1SYNC TS1DEN
TSSDI TSSCLK TSSSYNC TSSDEN
IN_P IN_N
STB_RSTO
HP_DETECT
MUTE
0 1 2
3
4 5 6 7
TS2OCLK
TS2OSYNC
TS2ODEN
IF
RF
1 2
STB_EN
TESTMOD
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
IR KYBRD LGSEN
CEC
TXD
TS1D
PD
AVLINK
STB
STB_GP
DGPIO
TAGCO
TS2OD
PWRON
1 2
PCVS PCHS
FRD6_PODD6 FRD7_PODD7 FRD8_PODA0 FRD9_PODA1 FRD10_PODA2 FRD11_PODA3 FRD12_PODA10 FRD13_PODA11 FRD14_PODA12 FRD15_PODA13
FRA0_AD0 FRA1_PODWE FRA2_PODIORD FRA3_PODIOWR FRA4_PODREG FRA5_AD1 FRA6_AD2 FRA7_AD3 FRA8_AD4 FRA9_PODOE FRA10_AD5 FRA11_AD6
POD_VPP_EN
PODA4
PODA5 POD_A7 POD_A8 POD_A9
PODIREQ
PODRST
PODVS1
PODWAIT
POD_DIR
PODCE1 PODCE2
FRA12_AD7 FRA13_CLE FRA14_ALE FRA15_PODA14
FOE FWE
BOOTCS FCE2N FINT1 FINT2 FCLK FAVD_PODA6 FREADY
FRD0_PODD0 FRD1_PODD1 FRD2_PODD2 FRD3_PODD3 FRD4_PODD4 FRD5_PODD5
HPD
POD_VCC_EN
PODCD1
POD_CD2
2FZ6
47p
FJ15
4n7
2FZ5
FJ16
AG19 AH19
AJ19
AF20
AE20
U29
T26
U28
U30
H30
H29
AF21 AG21 AH21
AE22
AK21
AK19
AH18
AJ18 AK18 AE19 AF19
F27
G26
P30 P29
AJ21
AG20 AH20 AJ20 AK20 AE21
N29 N28 N27 N26 N25 P25
J29
R28
P28
P27
R27
L30
L28 L26 K30
K28
H25
M27 M26
P26
M25 N30
M30
H26
J28
J27
E27
E28
R29
J26
L29
L27
K25 K26
M28
T28 T29
K27
F29
F30
M29
J30
J25
7J00-7
FUSION120
TS_TSB_MCU
2FZ2
10p
18p
2J11
AG30
AF30 AE28
AF22
AJ23
AH23
AD30
AE30
AE29 AD29
G4
GPIO7
G3
GPIO8
G2
GPIO9
R30
AJ22
AH22
AF29
AD28 AD27
AE27
H2
GPIO21
H3
GPIO22
H4
GPIO23
H5
GPIO24
F2
GPIO3
F1
GPIO4
G6
GPIO5
G5
GPIO6
J6
GPIO14
J5
GPIO15
J4
GPIO16
J3
GPIO17
J2
GPIO18
J1
GPIO19
F4
GPIO2
H1
GPIO20
AJ25 AF25 AG26
AG23
AK24
E1
GPIO0
F3
GPIO1
G1
GPIO10
H6
GPIO11
AG25 AE25 AH26 AH2
8
AF24
AF26 AE24 AK25 AH25 AH27 AK27
AD26 AH29 AJ29 AF28 AH30 AG28 AJ30 AJ28 AJ27
AK23
AK26
AF23 AK28
AK29
AG29
AF27 AG27 AG24 AE23 AK22 AJ26
FLASH_CI_GPIO
FUSION120
7J00-6
AJ24
AG22
AE26
AH24
FJ10
10p
2FZ1
18p
2J10
3FZ0
100R
4
1 3
1J00
24M
2
FJ14
33R
3FZ1
100n
2FZ3
2FZ4
100n
TS-CHDEC-DATA
TS-CHDEC-SOP
F-CEn
SOC-IF-AGC
RESET-STANDBYn
SDIO1-CLK
CA-MOVAL
CA-MOSTRT
MICLK
MDI0 MDI1 MDI2 MDI3 MDI4 MDI5 MDI6 MDI7
MIVAL
MISTRT
TS-CHDEC-CLK
TS-CHDEC-VALID
STB-GP10
STB-GP2 STB-GP3 STB-GP4 STB-GP5 STB-GP6 STB-GP7 STB-GP8 STB-GP9
STB-RSTO
STB-RXD
STB-SCL
STB-SDA
STB-TXD
TEST-CON TEST-MOD
CA-MOCLK
CA-MDO0 CA-MDO1 CA-MDO2 CA-MDO3 CA-MDO4 CA-MDO5 CA-MDO6 CA-MDO7
CA-A08 CA-A09
CA-CD2n
AVLINK1
AMBI-TEMP-FUS
HDMI-CEC
HP-DETECT
IF-IN-N
IF-IN-P
IR
KYBRD
LED
LGSEN
AUDIO-MUTEn
PCHS
PCVS
PWRON
SF-CS
SF-HOLDn
SF-CLK
SF-SDI SF-SDO SF-WP
SPI-EN
ENABLE-STANDBY
STB-GP0 STB-GP1
SDIO1-D1
SDIO1-WP
SDIO1-D2 SDIO1-D3
GPIO8
SDIO1-D0
SPEAKER-DETECTn
CA-A04 CA-A05
CA-CD1n
CA-CE1n CA-CE2n
CA-RDY
CA-RST
CA-VS1n
CA-WAITn
CA-A07
GPIO0 GPIO1
SDIO1-CMD
AMBI-SPI-CCLK-FUS
AMBI-SPI-MOSI-FUS
GPIO18 GPIO19
CTRL-DISP1
GPIO20
ENABLE-3V3-AMBI-FUS
GPIO22 GPIO23 GPIO24
CTRL-DISP2
CA-OEn
CA-D00
CA-A02 CA-A03 CA-A10 CA-A11 CA-A12 CA-A13
CA-D01 CA-D02 CA-D03 CA-D04 CA-D05 CA-D06 CA-D07 CA-A00 CA-A01
F-RDY
F-WEn
CA-A06
TS-DVBS-DATA
TS-DVBS-CLK
TS-DVBS-VALID TS-DVBS-SOP
F-OEn
FRA0
FRA10 FRA11 FRA12 NAND-CLE NAND-ALE
CA-A14
CA-WEn CA-IORDn CA-IOWRn CA-REGn
FRA5 FRA6 FRA7 FRA8
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 89QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 90

10-4-10 B03B, UMAC controller

19280_010_120322.eps
120322
UMAC controller
B03B B03B
2011-12-16
UMAC controller
3
2011-11-24
2
8204 000 9238
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0
1
12 13 14 15
0
10 11 12 13 14 15
0 1 2 MM0CASN MM0RASN
1
2
MM1CASN MM1RASN
MM1WEN
MM1CKE
MM1ODT
MM1RESETN
MM1CSN
P N
0
1
MZQ1
MM1ANA_TEST
DDR_RETN
2
3
4
5
6
29
30 31
0 1 2
3
P N P N
P N P N
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11
0
1
7
8
9
4 5 6 7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
MM0WEN MM0CKE MM0ODT MM0RESETN MM0CSN
P N
0 1 MZQ0 MM0ANA_TEST
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MM1A
MM1DQS0
MM1DQS1
MM1BA
MM1CK
MM1VREF
MM0BA
MM0CK
MM0VREF
MM0DQS0
MM0DQS1
P N
MM0DQS2
P N
MM0DQS3
18
17
16
15
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
0 1 2
3
MM0DQ
MM0DM
MM0A
MM1DQ
MM1DM
2J05
100n
2J07
100n 100n
2J06
FJ04
+1V5-M1
FJ00
3J06
1K0
1K0
3J03
3J01 240R
3J05
1K0
100n
2J02
2J04
100n100n
2J03
3J04
1K0
FJ02
+1V5-M0
1K0
3J02
100p
2J00
+1V5-M1
FJ01
240R
3J00
DB75
DB80
DB76
DB77
DB79
DB78
DB73
DB74
DB72
AA2
V4
V3
V1
V2
N4
U7 U6
U3
AE7
AA5
W4
Y1
AC1
Y3
AB1
W1
AB3
T5
Y4
AA3
P1
P4
AA1
W3
W2
AC2
T4
W5
U5 Y5 U4
L5
N2
M3
L4
K6
U1 P5 R1
T3
R3
P2
R5
M1
T1
M5
L1
R2
N1 N3
L3
N5
AF2
AG4
AH4
AG11
AF12
AG15
AE11 AE12
AF11
T2 L2
AK8 AH6 AJ8 AK5 AK11 AF9
AK6
AK7
AK10
AJ10
AF1
AD2 AK4 AG3 AJ3 AK2 AK3 AJ2
AJ5
AG5 AJ1
AG8 AH10 AH9 AG1 AF3 AE3 AH1
AH7
AH2 AD3 AD1
AK14
AG14
AJ6 AK9 AE1 AH3
AH8 AH5
AJ11 AG9 AF10
AJ15 AH16 AG17
AD18
AG12 AF14 AK13 AH12
AH13
AJ14
AF13 AK16 AK12 AF16 AK17 AJ13
AK15 AH15 AH17 AF15 AF17
7J00-8
AB4
AJ12 AJ17
FJ05
DDR3
FUSION120
DB47
DB71
DB46
DB16
DB14
FJ03
DB89
DB87
DB88
DB85
DB86
DB84
DB83
DB81
DB82
M0-MVREF0
M1-MVREF1
M1-DQM1
M1-DQM0
M0-MA13
M0-MA12
M0-MA11
M0-MA10
M0-MA1
M0-MA0
M0-MA7
M0-MA6
M0-MA5
M0-MA4
M0-MA3
M0-MA2
M0-MA15
M0-MA14
M0-CKE
M0-CAS#
M0-BA2
M0-BA1
M0-BA0
MM0ANA
M0-MA9
M0-MA8
M0-MD1
M0-MD0
M0-DQM3
M0-DQM2
M0-DQM1
M0-DQM0
M0-CS#
M0-MCLK0 M0-MCLK0#
M0-DQS1 M0-DQS#1
M0-DQS0 M0-DQS#0
M0-MD31
M0-MD2
M0-MD15
M0-MD14
M0-WE#
M0-RESET#
M0-RAS#
M0-ODT
M0-DQS3 M0-DQS#3
M0-DQS2 M0-DQS#2
M0-MD6
M0-MD5
M0-MD4
M0-MD3
M0-MD13
M0-MD12
M0-MD11
MM1ANA
M0-MD19
M0-MD18
M0-MD17
M0-MD16
M0-MD10
M0-MD9
M0-MD8
M0-MD7
M0-MD27
M0-MD26
M0-MD25
M0-MD24
M0-MD23
M0-MD22
M0-MD21
M0-MD20
M1-MA12
M1-MA11
M1-MA10
M1-MA1
M1-MA0
M0-MD30
M0-MD29
M0-MD28
M1-MA5
M1-MA4
M1-MA3
M1-MA2
M1-MA15
M1-MA14
M1-MA13
M1-CAS#
M1-BA2
M1-BA1
M1-BA0
M1-MA9
M1-MA8
M1-MA7
M1-MA6
M1-MD15
M1-MD14
M1-MD1
M1-MD0
M1-CS#
M1-MCLK0
M1-MCLK0#
M1-CKE
M1-WE#
M1-RESET#
M1-RAS#
M1-ODT
M1-DQS1
M1-DQS#1
M1-DQS0
M1-DQS#0
M1-MD2
M1-MD6
M1-MD5
M1-MD4
M1-MD3
M1-MD13
M1-MD12
M1-MD11
MM0ANA
MM1ANA
M1-MVREF1
DDR-RTN
M0-MVREF0
M1-MD10
M1-MD9
M1-MD8
M1-MD7
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 90QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 91

10-4-11 B03C, UMAC 1 DDR3

19280_011_120322.eps
120322
UMAC 1 DDR3
B03C B03C
2011-12-16
UMAC 1 DDR3
3
2011-11-24
2
8204 000 9238
7
8
BA0
9 10 11 12 13
VREFDQ VREFCA
14
DQS
0 1
TDQS
VDD
CAS CK CK CKE CS WE RESET
0
NC
DQS
VSS VSSQ
3
4 5 6 7
VDDQ
TDQS
DM
ODT
RAS
BA2
BA1
2
1 2
3
4 5 6
ZQ
AP
BC
A
DQ
7
8
BA0
9 10 11 12 13
VREFDQ VREFCA
14
DQS
0 1
TDQS
VDD
CAS CK CK CKE CS WE RESET
0
NC
DQS
VSS VSSQ
3
4 5 6 7
VDDQ
TDQS
DM
ODT
RAS
BA2
BA1
2
1 2
3
4 5 6
ZQ
AP
BC
A
DQ
3J21
100R
2J83
10n
2J81
10n
10n
2J87
F9
J2
J10
L2
B3
B9
C10D2D10
H4
H9
J9
E2
A2
L10
N2
N10
A9
B2
D9
F3 D8
G3G9K2
K10M2M10
B10C2E3
E10
H2
H10
J8
N1
G2
F4
N3
A8
A3
A10
D3
E8
C4 D4
A1
N11
A4
A11
F2
F10
G10
G8
H3
B8
B4 C8 C3 C9
E4
E9
L9 L3 M9 M3 N9 M4
J3 K9 J4
G4 F8
K4 L8
H8 M8 K8 N4 N8
L4 K3
7J01
H5TQ2G83BFR
100R
3J2T
100R
3J2C
2J1E
10n
10u
2J24
2J86
10n
3J19
100R
2J1H
10n
DB32
DB33
100R
3J1Y
100R
3J28
+1V5-M1
10n
2J82
DB38
3J15
1K0
100R
3J2F
100R
3J2P
100n
2J16
FJ09
2J1T
100n
DB31
100R
3J1G
100R
3J1F
DB48
DB91
2J18
100n
DB54
+1V5-M1
3J1A
100R
3J2H
100R
DB42
3J1H
100R
+1V5-M1
2J22
10u
DB40
DB39
3J2M
100R
DB55
3J1W
100R
100R
3J2G
3J2R
100R
2J84
+1V5-M1
10n
DB57
DB58
DB56
DB01
DB06
DB34
DB35
100R
3J2J
2J15
100n
100R
3J20
100R
3J27
2J1J
10n
2J1D
10n
10n
2J12
DB90
RES
DB52
3J2E
100R
DB36
16V
2J27
47u
3J1S
100R
3J1R
100R
100n
2J20
3J2S
100R
+1V5-M1
DBA1
DB59
DB99
100R
3J1U
DB62
100R
3J2K
100R
3J1K
3J2A
100R
100R
3J1T
100R
3J2Q
100R
3J1L
100R
3J2L
DBA7
DBA6
10u
10n
2J1C
2J25
100R
3J18
3J1D
100R
3J29
100R
3J2B
100R
DB94
DB93
DB49
2J21
100n
100n
2J1U
1K0
2J1S
3J11
100n
100n
100n
2J1R
2J17
DB41
DB51
DB43
3J22
100R
3J1M
100R
DBA5
DBA4
DBA2
DBA3
3J1P
DB53
100R
3J26
100R
+1V5-M1
2J1A
100n
3J16
DB64
75R
DB63
3J1N
100R
3J25
100R
+1V5-M1
2J89
10n
3J1V
100R
3J2D
100R
FJ08
DB98
DB96
DB97
DB95
DB50
3J1E
100R
+1V5-M1
3J1J
100R
3J2N
100R
1K0
3J12
10n
2J1F
10n
2J1K
100n
2J19
100R
3J1C
10n
2J1G
L2
B3
B9
C10D2D10
H4
H9
L10
N2
N10
A9
B2
D9
F3
F9
J2
J10
K10M2M10
B10C2E3
E10
J9
E2
A2
N1
G2
F4
N3
A8
A3
A10D8G3G9K2
C4 D4
A1
N11
A4
A11
F2
F10
H2
H10
J8
H3
B8
B4 C8 C3 C9
E4
E9 D3
E8
M3 N9 M4
J3 K9 J4
G4 F8
G10
G8
L8
H8 M8 K8 N4 N8
L4 K3 L9 L3 M9
7J02
H5TQ2G83BFR
K4
+1V5-M1
2J1V
100n
100R
3J1Z
3J14
100n
2J1B
1K0
10n
2J85
+1V5-M1
240R
3J13
3J10
240R
100n
2J14
3J17
75R
2J88
10n
100R
3J24
100R
3J23
100n
2J1Z2J1W
100n
100R
3J1B
M1-MCLK0
M1-MCLK0#
M1-MA13
M1-MA15
M1-DQM1
M1-MD5 M1-MD6 M1-MD1 M1-MD2 M1-MD7 M1-MD4 M1-MD3
M1-MA15
M1-MD13
M1-MD8 M1-MD9
M1-DQS1
M1-DQS#1
M1-DQS0
M1-DQS#0
M1-MD0
M1-RESET#
M1-MD14 M1-MD15 M1-MD10 M1-MD11 M1-MD12
M1-MA11
M1-MA12
M1-MA13
M1-MA14
M1-MA15
M1-BA0
M1-BA1
M1-BA2
M1-RAS#
M1-CAS#
M1-WE#
M1-CS#
M1-ODT
M1-CKE
M1-MA0
M1-MA1
M1-MA2
M1-MA3
M1-MA4
M1-MA5
M1-MA6
M1-MA7
M1-MA8
M1-MA9
M1-MA10
M1-CKE
M1-MCLK0#
M1-CS#
M1-MA14
M1-ODT
M1-RESET#
DDR-MVREF12
M1-WE#
M1-RAS#
DDR-MVREF12
M1-MA2 M1-MA3 M1-MA4 M1-MA5 M1-MA6 M1-MA7 M1-MA8 M1-MA9
M1-BA0 M1-BA1 M1-BA2
M1-CAS# M1-MCLK0
DDR-MVREF11
M1-WE#
M1-RAS#
M1-DQM0
DDR-MVREF11
M1-MA0 M1-MA1
M1-MA10 M1-MA11 M1-MA12
M1-MA0 M1-MA1
M1-MA10 M1-MA11 M1-MA12 M1-MA13 M1-MA14
M1-MA2 M1-MA3 M1-MA4 M1-MA5 M1-MA6 M1-MA7 M1-MA8 M1-MA9
M1-BA0 M1-BA1 M1-BA2
M1-CAS# M1-MCLK0
M1-CKE
M1-MCLK0#
M1-CS#
M1-ODT
M1-RESET#
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 91QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 92

10-4-12 B03D, UMAC 0 DDR3

19280_012_120322.eps
120322
UMAC 0 DDR3
B03D B03D
2011-12-16
UMAC 0 DDR3
3
2011-11-24
2
8204 000 9238
7
15
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
VREFDQ VREFCA
ZQ
BA0 BA1 BA2
RAS
DQSL
ODT
2
1
0
DMU
DML
RESET
WE
CS
6
5
NC
4
3
CK CK CKE
7
BC AP
VSS
VSSQ
VDD VDDQ
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
DQSU
DQU
0 1 2
3
4 5 6 7
DQL
A
CAS
DQSU
DQSL
7
15
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
VREFDQ VREFCA
ZQ
BA0 BA1 BA2
RAS
DQSL
ODT
2
1
0
DMU
DML
RESET
WE
CS
6
5
NC
4
3
CK CK CKE
7
BC AP
VSS
VSSQ
VDD VDDQ
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
DQSU
DQU
0 1 2
3
4 5 6 7
DQL
A
CAS
DQSU
DQSL
3J36
100R
DB65
3J31
1K0
DB60
3J3E
100R
3J40
DB23
100R
DB21
DB22
DB15
DB26
DB08
DB27
DB68
2J2N
DB29
DB66
10n
3J3A
100R
100R
3J3L
3J46
100R
3J3W
100R
100n
2J3D
100n
2J3C
100n
2J3B
2J2G
10n
3J35
100R
3J4M
100R
100R
3J3V
100R
3J4C
DB24
3J30
100n
2J2F
1K0
2J2E
100n
100R
3J4K
3J3J
100R
1K0
3J2W
DB30
DB18
2J2Y
10n
3J3M
100R
3J3D
100R
100n
2J33
3J3B
100R
100R
3J34
3J33
75R
3J2U
240R
3J3U
100R
100R
3J3T
3J39
100R100R
3J38
2J3A
100n
3J4E
100R
2J34
100n
100n
2J32
100R
3J3C
100R
3J4G
100R
3J4F
E2
E8
F9
G1
G9
L3
L8
E1
G8
J2
J8
M1
M9
P1
B1
B9
D1
D8
F1H2H9
M8
H1
A9
P9
T1
T9
B3
N1N9R1R9A1A8C1C9D2
E9
J9 L1 L9
K1
J3
T2
B2D9G7K2K8
C7 B7
D7 C3 C8 C2 A7 A2 B8 A3
J1
E3 F7 F2 F8 H3 H8 G2 H7
F3 G3
R3
M2 N8 M3
K3 J7
K9
K7
L2
E7 D3
N7 T3 T7 M7
P3 N2 P8 P2 R8 R2 T8
H5TQ2G63BFR-PBC
N3 P7
L7 R7
+1V5-M0
7J04
3J2V
1K0
3J4A
100R
3J49
100R100R
3J48
3J3S
100R
2J35
100n
100n
2J39
100R
3J3Y
100n
2J37
100n
2J36
3J4H
100R
2J31
100n
10n
Z2J203J2
10n
100R
3J37
2J38
100n
100n
2J2D
+1V5-M0
100R
3J47
10n
2J2V
FJ0A
+1V5-M0
DB07
100n
2J2A
2J2W
10n
16V47u
2J3K
2J2L
n01n01
2J2K
2J3E
100n
DB61
+1V5-M0
75R
3J32
2J2S
10n
2J29
100n
100R
3J43
2J2C
100n
3J3H
100R
+1V5-M0
100R
3J3G
10u
2J3H
2J3J
10u
DB19
DB20
DB11
DB70
DB67
DB69
3J4N
100R
10n
T2J2U2J2
10n
100R
3J4P
2J2M
10n
10n
2J2J
100R
3J3P
DB04
DB03
DB02
DB00
3J42
100R
+1V5-M0
3J45
100R
+1V5-M0
100R
3J44
100n
2J28
+1V5-M0
2J2H
10n
100R
3J3K
3J4J
100R
100R
3J3F
10u
2J3G
FJ0B
DB05
DB13
+1V5-M0
DB12
DB09
DB10
DB17
10n
2J2R
100R
3J3Z
100R
3J4L
240R
3J2Z
DBC6
DBC7
DBC5
3J3N
100R
D8
E2
E8
F9
G1
G9
L3
L8
B3
E1
G8
J2
J8
M1
M9
P1
B1
B9
D1
E9F1H2
H9
M8
H1
A9
P9
T1
T9
K8N1N9R1R9A1A8C1C9
D2
J1 J9 L1 L9
K1
J3
T2
B2D9G7
K2
C7 B7
D7 C3 C8 C2 A7 A2 B8 A3
D3
E3 F7 F2 F8 H3 H8 G2 H7
F3 G3
T8 R3
M2 N8 M3
K3 J7
K9
K7
L2
E7
N7 T3 T7 M7
P3 N2 P8 P2 R8 R2
H5TQ2G63BFR-PBC
7J03
N3 P7
L7 R7
3J3R
100R
DBB8
DBB9
DBB6
DBB7
DBB5
10n
2J01
RES
2J2B
100n
10n
2J2P
2J3F
10u
3J4D
100R
DBC4
DBC2
DBC3
DBC1
DBC0
100R
3J4B
DBB4
DBB3
+1V5-M0
3J41
100R
DB25
M0-MCLK0#
M0-MA15
M0-MA15
M0-DQM1
M0-MCLK0
M0-BA1
M0-BA2
M0-RAS#
M0-CAS#
M0-WE#
M0-CS#
M0-ODT
M0-CKE
M0-RESET#
M0-MA3
M0-MA4
M0-MA5
M0-MA6
M0-MA7
M0-MA8
M0-MA9
M0-MA10
M0-MA11
M0-MA12
M0-MA13
M0-MA14
M0-MA15
M0-BA0
M0-RAS#
M0-DQM2
M0-DQM3
DDR-MVREF02
M0-MA0
M0-MA1
M0-MA2
M0-MD18 M0-MD20 M0-MD23 M0-MD17 M0-MD21 M0-MD19 M0-MD22
M0-DQS#3
M0-DQS2
M0-DQS#2
M0-MA14
M0-ODT
M0-RESET#
DDR-MVREF02
M0-WE#
M0-MD16
M0-MD28 M0-MD25 M0-MD26 M0-MD27 M0-MD30 M0-MD31 M0-MD24
M0-DQS3
M0-MA7 M0-MA8 M0-MA9
M0-BA0 M0-BA1 M0-BA2
M0-CAS# M0-MCLK0
M0-CKE
M0-MCLK0#
M0-CS#
M0-MD29
DDR-MVREF01
M0-MA0 M0-MA1
M0-MA10 M0-MA11 M0-MA12 M0-MA13
M0-MA2 M0-MA3 M0-MA4 M0-MA5 M0-MA6
M0-MD4 M0-MD7 M0-MD2 M0-MD1 M0-MD6 M0-MD3
M0-RAS#
M0-DQM0
M0-DQS#1
M0-DQS0
M0-DQS#0
M0-MA14
M0-ODT
M0-RESET#
DDR-MVREF01
M0-WE#
M0-MD0 M0-MD5
M0-MD12
M0-MD9 M0-MD10 M0-MD11 M0-MD14 M0-MD13
M0-MD8
M0-DQS1
M0-MA0 M0-MA1
M0-MA10 M0-MA11 M0-MA12 M0-MA13
M0-MA2 M0-MA3 M0-MA4 M0-MA5 M0-MA6 M0-MA7 M0-MA8 M0-MA9
M0-BA0 M0-BA1 M0-BA2
M0-CAS# M0-MCLK0
M0-CKE
M0-MCLK0#
M0-CS#
M0-MD15
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 92QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 93

10-4-13 B03E, LVDS fanout

19280_013_120322.eps
120322
LVDS fanout
B03E B03E
2011-12-16
LVDS fanout
3
2011-11-24
2
8204 000 9238
PR_R2
Y_G3
CVBS
AL_2
CVBS_OUT
PB_B4 PR_R4
FS1 FB1
FS2
AR_1 AL_1 AR_2
SPK_AOR1
SPK_AOL1
AOR2
AOL2
AR_3
PB_B3 PR_R3
SPDIFO
1
FB2
AL_3 AR_4 AL_4 AR_5 AL_5 AR_6 AL_6
SCKIN WSI2SIN
SDI2SIN
SPDIFIN
GPANA1
1 2
3
4
C
Y_G1 PB_B1 PR_R1
Y_G2 PB_B2
I2SCLK
3
2
1
WSI2SOUT
SCKI2SOUT
SDI2SOUT
Y_G4
2
HPHOL
HPHOR
SUBO
RX2_P RX2_N RXC_P RXC_N
HEAC
PWR5V
RREF
D1_P D1_N USBPPON1 TXRTUNE1
D2_P D2_N USBPPON2 TXRTUNE2
GBE_RXD0 GBE_TXD0 GBE_RXD1 GBE_TXD1 GBE_RXD2 GBE_TXD2 GBE_RXD3 GBE_TXD3
GBE_RXC GBE_TXC
GBE_RXEN GBE_TXEN
TE2_P TE2_N
TA3_P TA3_N TB3_P TB3_N TC3_P
TC3_N TCLK3_P TCLK3_N
TD3_P
TD3_N
TE3_P TE3_N
TA4_P TA4_N TB4_P TB4_N
TA1_P TA1_N TB1_P TB1_N TC1_P
TC1_N TCLK1_P TCLK1_N
GBE_MDC GBE_MDIO
RX0_P RX0_N RX1_P RX1_N
TC4_P
TC4_N TCLK4_P TCLK4_N
TD4_P
TD4_N
TE4_P TE4_N
H_BK_LITE
PWM0 PWM1
BOOST
BKLGON
TCON_ON
NC_IDP_HPD
NC_LOCKN NC_HTPDN
TD1_P
TD1_N
TE1_P TE1_N
TA2_P TA2_N TB2_P TB2_N TC2_P
TC2_N TCLK2_P TCLK2_N
TD2_P
TD2_N
RXD TXD
SDAM1
SCLM2 SDAM2
SCLM3 SDAM3
TCK TMS TDO TDI TRSTN
SCLS SDAS
SCLM1
10R
3J51
10R
3J09
RES
IJ12
9GA2
FJ0G
IJ0T
3J08
10R
IJ0U
C21
Y27B26
A20
B20
C20
D20
Y26C26
AA30 AA29 AB28
A26
D26 E26
B25
A25
B21 A21
Y25
A19
B19
C19
D19
A18
B18
C18
D18
A15 B16 A16
A14 A13
B17
A17
C17
D17
AC28
D24
C25
D25
A22
E22
A23
E23
A24
E24
C16
C15
B22
D22
B23
D23
B24
FJ0J
AV_IN_OUT
FUSION120
7J00-4
10R
3J07
3J52
10R
3J50
10R
IJ13
FJ0F
IJ11
U27
K2
K5
K1
K3
K4
Y28
7J00-9
FUSION120
Y29
AA28
E2
AA26
U26
AA27
D1
AA25
JTAG_I2C
UART
E7
D7
E13
D13
AB27
AC27
AB26
AB25
C12
C11
E6
D6
F13
F12
B6
A6
B12
A12
A5
B5
A11
B11
E5
D5
D12
E12
C2
C6
C5
E4
F11
F10
B4
A4
B10
A10
F6
F5
E11
D11
B9
D3
E3
D10
E10
C4
C3
C10
C9
D4
C29
B29
A29
B28
A28
B27
A27
C30
B30
A3
B3
A9
V26
V30
T27
D2
G9
E9 F9
B2 C1
T30
Y30
V25
W29
W28
W27
W26
W30
U25
V29
V28
V27
FUSION120
7J00-5
A2
B1
AB29
AB30
AC29
AC30
W25
PANEL_USB
LAN_IO
FJ0H
IJ10
TX4-CLK+
TX4-CLK-
TX4-D+
TX4-D-
TX4-E+
TX4-E-
I2SCLK
SDI2SOUT3
SDI2SOUT2
SDI2SOUT1
WSI2SOUT
SCKI2SOUT
TX3-D+
TX3-D-
TX3-E+
TX3-E-
TX4-A+
TX4-A-
TX4-B+
TX4-B-
TX4-C+
TX4-C-
TX2-D-
TX2-E+
TX2-E-
TX3-A+
TX3-A-
TX3-B+
TX3-B-
TX3-C+
TX3-C-
TX3-CLK+
TX3-CLK-
TX1-E-
TX2-A+
TX2-A-
TX2-B+
TX2-B-
TX2-C+
TX2-C-
TX2-CLK+
TX2-CLK-
TX2-D+
TX1-A+
TX1-A-
TX1-B+
TX1-B-
TX1-C+
TX1-C-
TX1-CLK+
TX1-CLK-
TX1-D+
TX1-D-
TX1-E+
USB1-RREF
USB2-RREF
RXD-SERVICE
SCL-M1
SCL-M2
SCL-M3
SCL-S
SDA-M1
SDA-M2
SDA-M3
SDA-S
EJT-TCK
EJT-TDI
EJT-TDO
EJT-TMS
EJT-TRSTN
TXD-SERVICE
3D-LR-FUS
BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL-FUS
PWR5V
RREF
HDMIF-RX0-
HDMIF-RX0+
HDMIF-RX1-
HDMIF-RX1+
HDMIF-RX2-
HDMIF-RX2+
HDMIF-RXC-
HDMIF-RXC+
BL-SPI-SDO-FUS
Y-G3
BKLGON-FUS
BL-DIM-FUS
USB1-DM
USB1-DP
USB2-DM
USB2-DP
EN-MDC EN-MDIO
EN-RXC
EN-RXD0
EN-RXD1
EN-RXEN
EN-TXC
EN-TXD0
EN-TXD1
EN-TXEN
HEAC
BL-SPI-CLK-FUS
AL-1
AL-3
AL-4
AL-6
AR-1
AR-3
AR-4
AR-6
CVBS
CVBS3
CVBS-OUT1
FB1
FS1
HPHOL HPHOR
PB-B1
PB-B2
PB-B3
PR-R1
PR-R2
PR-R3
SPDIFO
Y-G1
Y-G2
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 93QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 94

10-4-14 B03F, Fanout power supply

19280_014_120322.eps
120322
Fanout power supply
B03F B03F
2011-12-16
Fanout power supply
3
2011-11-24
2
8204 000 9238
AVDDL_DRX
AVDDL_CH234
AVDDH_CH234
INN
SGNDAU
AVDD
DAC1
AVDDH
AVSSH
DAC2
INN16
2
3
4
VSSA_LPLL
VDD25_LPLL
VREFAU
AVDDH_DRX
AVSSH
AVDDH
AVSSH_DRX
AVSS
AVSSH_CH234
VDD33_XTAL
AVDDL_CH516
AVSS_STB
AVSSL_CH516
AVDDH_CH516
AVSSH_CH516
AVDD33_STB
AVSSL_CH234
VDDC
VSS
VDD_1V2
VDDF1
VDDF_STB
VDDF2
VSS VSS VSS
VDDC VDDCVDDCVDDM1
VDDM0
VDDM0
LDO11_CAP
VDD2V5_M0P
VDD2V5_M1P
VSS_M0P
AVSS25
LVDSVDD
REF_BG
VSS_M1P
VSS11A_3
VQPS
VDD33A
VSS11A_1
AVDD25_HDMI
VSS11A_2
VDD11A
AVSS25
AVDD25
LVDSGND
VSSAC_1
VDD33
VSSAC_2
VDD25
VDDP
GNDP
2J4Z
10u
100n
+3V3
2J4W
100n
2J5T
IJ02
10n
2J69
10n
2J5Y
2J97
10n
9J04
+3V3
10u
2J91
100n
2J3N
2J55
10u
10n
2J54
100n
2J53
120R
5J09
+3V3
+3V3-STANDBY
100n
2J5R
IJ0R
2J4H
1u0
IJ0L
2J5F
10n
5J03
120R
10n
2J5H
2J23
10n
2J09
120R
5J0B
100n
G15
H28
D21
L16
K16
E18 E19 E20
C22 F22 C23 F23 C24 F24 E25
E30 G27 G28
H27F20
G20
F16
E21
F21
J24
E17
D16 E16
E29
F28
G22 G23
F18 G18
G16
C14
C13
K24
F17 G17
B15
B14
B13
G29 G30
F19 G19
7J00-1
FUSION120
SUPPLY_1
2J7L
10u
2J3W
10u
120R
5J04
10n
2J94
120R
5J0R
100n
+2V5-F
2J4V
100n
2J3P
100n
2J78
10n
2J80
2J93
10n
10u
2J59
100n
2J3R
10n
2J4K
10n
2J6L
2J6E
IJ0B
10n
10n
2J5G
2J3U
10u
100n
IJ00
10n
2J6J
2J4F
120R
5J01
100n
2J60
5J0A
120R
+2V5
5J00
120R
2J46
10u
2J45
100n
IJ07
100n
120R
5J0K
2J4T
2J3M
100n
+2V5-F
2J5S
100n
120R
5J05
IJ03
10u
2J422J4D
100n
2J6T
10n
R10
U10
IJ0K
D28
AB24
AC25
Y12
Y13
Y14
AA13 AA14
R11
U11
AC26
AG6 AG7
AC3 AC4AC24
D30
G11
N24
C27
D27
L11
K11
A7 B7 C7 D8 E8 F8 G8
C28
D29
G10
L12
K12
L13
K13
K29
A8 B8 C8 D9
7J00-2
FUSION120
SUPPLY_2
P3
2J56
10u
K15 K17 K18 K19 K20
N10 AA16 AA17 AA18 AA19
Y19
AD20
AD21
P24
U24
V24
W24
A30
AK30
K14
AG2
L18
N18
R18
U18
Y18 L19 N19 R19
U19
AE2
AE16 AG16
AJ16
L17 N17 R17 U17 Y17
AD17
AB2
AE17
N15 R15 U15
AD15 AE15
N16 R16 U16
Y16
Y2
AD16
R13 U13
AG13
L14 N14 R14 U14
AH14
U2
L15
T7 AJ7 AJ9
AG10
N11
AH11
N12 R12
M2
U12 N13
AJ4
V5
L6
P6 R6
T6
K7
L7
AK1
P7 R7
Y6 AA6
W14
W16
W15
Y15
AA15
A1
M4
AA4
P12 V12 P10 V10 W10 Y10
AC5 M6 N6 V6 W6
M7 N7 V7 W7 Y7 AA7 AB7 AC7
AB5
P11 V11
AA12
AD5
AE5
AF5
AD6
AE6
AF6
R4
AB6 AC6
AE4
Y11
AD11
AD12
AD13
AE13
AD14
AE14
AA10
AF4
AA11
AD4
AD7
AF7
AD8
AE8
AF8
AD9
AE9
AD10
AE10
W11
AG18
AD19
AD22
AD23
G24
H24
T24
R24
R25
R26
J7
AE18
Y24
AA24
AD24
F25
G25
T25
AD25
F26
AF18
V21 W21 Y21 AA20 AA21
P13 T13
F7
G7
H7
L10 L21 M10 M21 N21
M13
P21 R21 T10 T21 U21
V20 W20 Y20 G21 L24
G13
M24 L25 T11 K10 K21
T19 V19 W19 L20 M20
W12
N20 P20 R20 T20 U20
V17 W17 M18 P18
T12
T18 V18 W18 M19 P19
P15 T15 V15 M16 P16
M12
T16 V16 M17 P17 T17
F14 G14 M14 P14 T14 V14
G12
D15 E15 F15 M15
PWR_GND
FUSION120
7J00-3
M11
V13 W13 D14 E14
+3V3
1n0
2J58
5J0P
120R
10n
2J5N
+1V2-FA
2J5P
10u
2J3T
100n
10u
2J63
2J4A
10u
10u
5J06
120R
2J40
120R
5J0G
2J6C
10n
10u
2J7J
10u
2J7H
+1V2-MIPS
120R
5J0C
10u
2J4E
2J4R
4n7
2J6F
10n
10u
2J4Y
100n
2J4P
+3V3
2J7U
10n
2J5M
10n
10u
10n
2J5L
2J4C
2J7E
10u
IJ0G
IJ0H
IJ09
2J3Y
10u
10n
2J6Y
2J6P
10n
120R
5J0J
2J7R
IJ06
10n
IJ05
10n
2J99
100n
2J71
5J0E
120R
9J03
+1V2-FA
10n
10n
2J6V
2J6U
5J0D
2J7P
10n
120R
2J6R
10n
10u
2J5A
2J6A
10n 10n
2J6H
+1V5
2J50
100n
10n
2J4G
2J5D
100n
100n
2J51
2J7C
2J62
10n
100n
2J61
100n
IJ0D
2J7S
10n
+1V5-M0
5J0N
120R
2J75
100n
10n
2J6S
2J74
+1V5-M1
100n
100n
2J41
10n
2J6B
10u
2J7Z
100n
2J92
IJ0A
2J6G
10n
2J47
+1V5
100n
2J68
10n
10n
2J67
2J66
10n
10u
2J3S
2J64
10u
10n
2J98
2J73
2J7F
10u
100n
2J72
100n
IJ0M
10n
2J65
IJ0F
100n
2J7B
100n
10u
2J5Z
+2V5
2J4U
5J0H
120R
100n
2J77
2J76
100n
2J5W
100n
+1V1-FD
IJ14
100n
2J7D
2J5V
100n
2J5U
100n
IJ04
2J90
2J7G
10u
+2V5-F
100n
2J08
+1V2-MIPS
2V0220u
+1V2-FA
2J96
10n
120R
5J02
2J6D
10n
2J44
10u
2J48
2J43
10u
100n
IJ0C
IJ0J
IJ01
2J3V
100n
+1V1-FA
+3V3
5J0F
120R
10n
10n
2J6N
2J6M
100n
2J4B
10u
2J52
+3V3
10n
2J95
IJ0S
2J4M
100n
1u0
2J4L
10n
2J7T 2J7W
100n
+3V3
5J07
120R
100n
2J5C
+3V3-STANDBY
100n
100n
2J5B
IJ08
2J7V
2J7A
100n
2J79
+3V3
+2V5-F
100n
+2V5
IJ0E
120R
5J0M
2J7K
10u
10n
2J7Y
2J6Z
100n
100n
IJ0P
2J6W
IJ0N
2J70
100n
10n
2J4S
10u
2J5K
2J4N
10u
+1V1-FA
5J0L
120R
+3V3
2J49
100n
100n
2J4J
+3V3-STANDBY
2J3Z
100n
5J08
120R
SENSE+1V1-FD
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 94QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 95

10-4-15 B04A, Control

19280_015_120322.eps
120322
Control
B04A B04A
2011-12-06
Control
4
8204 000 9231
VSS
VDD
SCL
SDA
SC1
SD0 SC0
SD1
3GM6
4K7
+3V3
4K7
3CVZ
3CVS
47R
+3V3-STANDBY
3CVT
10K
+3V3-STANDBY
FCV1
3CVM
47R
3 6
3CVH-3
47R
10R
3CV4
3CV2
47R
RES
9CV1
+3V3
9CV0
ICV2
ICV1
FCV3
3CVN
10K
RES
+3V3
+3V3
3CV5
10R
FCV7
47R
3CVJ
3CVR
RES
9GM4
10K
RES
3CV6
47R
47R
3CV3
47R
3CVA
FCV9
100n
2CV7
RES3GM2
100K
4
7
2
36
PCA9540BGD
7GM1
5
8
1
FCVB
3CVV-1
4K7
8
1
3CVP
47R
3CVH-2
27
47R
3CV1
4 5 6
7 8
47R
BM06B-SRSS-TBT
1CV2
1 2
3
10K
DBG
5
4
3CVU
3CVV-4
4K7
3CVG
47R
47R
3CVF
45
FCV2
3CVH-4
47R
47R
3CV7
45
1CWA
BM03B-SRSS-TBT
1 2
3
FCV8
DBG
5
FCV5
1CWC
BM03B-SRSS-TBT
1 2
3
4
3CVV-2
4K7
7
2
DBG
1
3
2
RES
PDTC114EU
7GM2
FCV4
FCV6
5
RES
9GM3
1 2
3
4
100K
3GM1
DBG
BM03B-SRSS-TBT
1CV1
RES
3CVH-1
1 8
+3V3
47R
RES3GM7
4K7
47R
3CVK
+3V3
6
3
3CVV-3
4K7
9GM2
RES
9GM1
3
45
RES
BM03B-SRSS-TBT
1CWB
1 2
FCVA
DBG
3GM3
100K
RES
10R
3CV9
3CV8
10R
+3V3
RES
10K
3CVL
100K
3GM4
4K7
3CVB
3GM5
RES
+3V3
4K7
POWER-OK
SCL-BE
SDA-BE
BL-DIM-FUS BL-DIM
POWER-OK
BL-SPI-CLK-FUS AMBI-SPI-CCLK
BL-SPI-SDO-FUS AMBI-SPI-MOSI
SCL-BL
SDA-BL
SCL-DISP
SCL-BL
SCL-BE
SDA-DISP
SDA-BL
SDA-BE
SDA-DISP SCL-DISP
SDA-BL SCL-BL
TXD-RF4CE
RXD-RF4CE
SCL-BE SCL-BL
SDA-BE SDA-BL
SCL-BE SCL-DISP
SDA-BE SDA-DISP
SCL-DISP
SDA-DISP
GPIO24 IRQ-SRFn
GPIO0 TXD-RF4CE
GPIO1 RXD-RF4CE
GPIO23 IRQ-EXPANDERn
IRQ-SRFn
TXD-RF4CE
RXD-RF4CE
IRQ-EXPANDERn
3D-LR-FUS 3D-LR
ENABLE-3V3-AMBI-FUS ENABLE-3V3-AMBI
AMBI-SPI-CCLK-FUS AMBI-SPI-CCLK
AMBI-SPI-MOSI-FUS AMBI-SPI-MOSI
GPIO19
GPIO20
GPIO22 RESET-HDMI-MUXn
EJT-TRSTN
EJT-TMS
EJT-TDO
EJT-TCK
EJT-TDI
SCL-M2 SCL-BE
SDA-M2
SDA-BE
GPIO8 CTRL-DISP3
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 95QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 96

10-4-16 B04B, LVDS

19280_016_120322.eps
120322
LVDS
B04B B04B
2011-12-06
LVDS
4
8204 000 9231
TO DISPLAY
TO DISPLAY
FGWN
1 8
+3V3
FGWB
100n
3GVH-1
2GV2
FGU1
FGV9
FGV5
FGU5
FGVS
FGUE
IGV5
FGVQ
FGV7
FGVP
IGV4
IGV3
FGUC FGUDFGUB
FGUF
FGWG
FGVR
3GVF 100R
RES
3GV3 10RRES
3GV5
+VDISP
100RRES
FGVY
FGU9
FGVF
FGVG
RES 2GVJ 10p
FGWK
FGWD
FGVE
FGWA
FGVJ
10p2GVBRES
FGU0
FGU2 FGU3
RES
9GV3RES
10R3GVE 10R
RES
3GVD
100R
3GVB
RES
FGV0
IGV9
3GVH-4
45
3 6
3GVH-3
RES 2GV8 10p
FGWF
FGV6
FGWH FGWJ
IGW3
FGUA
3GV6 100RRES 3GV7 100RRES
FGWE
10p2GVMRES
3GVH-2
27
3GVC
RES
FGVM
1K0
IGW6
RES 2GVC 10p
10p2GVLRES
RES3GVA 100R
RES3GV0 100R
RES
100R
3GVG
45
FGVU
9GV4-33 6
RES 9GV4-4
RES
IGV7
FGU7
10p2GV7RES
9GV1
IGW2
IGW1
RES 100R3GV4
FGVB
RES 100R3GV8 RES3GV9
FGWS
100R
1n0
FGWR
2GVGRES
FGWU
FGW0
FGVH
IGW5
IGW4
10p2GVARES
IGW7 IGW8
2GVK 10p RES
53
54 55
56 57
58 59
60
49
5
50
51
6
7
8
9
52
61
4
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
3
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2
20519-051E
1G51
1
+VDISP
10p2GV1RES
FGVT
FGVW
FGWM
IGV6
FGWQ
IGV8
FGWP
48 49
50
7
8
9
425143
44
45
46 47
35
36
37
38
39
4
40
41
5
6
25
26
27
28
29
3
30
31
32
33
34
15
16
17
18
19
2
20
21
22
23
24
20519-041E
1G50
1
10
11
12
13
14
FGWV
FGU6
FGWZ
9GVA
FGV8
FGVA
FGVC
RES 2GVH 1n0
FGWC
1n02GVDRES
FGWT
FGWL
FGVL
FGVK
FGVN
9GVB
IGW9
9GV8
9GVF
9GVE
9GVC 9GVD
FGWW
RES 2GVF 1n0
FGU4
FGWY
RES 2GVR 10p
FGVV
RES 2GV3 10p
9GV4-227RES
RES 2GV9 10p
9GV9
1 8
IGU8
RES 9GV4-1
FGVD
10p2GV4RES
RES 2GV5 10p
10p2GV6RES
FGVZ
SDA-DISP
CTRL-DISP3
CTRL-DISP1
SPLASH-ON
BL-ON
CTRL-DISP3
CTRL-DISP1
CTRL-DISP1
SPLASH-ON
CTRL-DISP2
3D-LR-DISP
3D-LED_3D-RF
CTRL-DISP2
BL-DIM
BL-ON
SCL-DISP
TX1-D+
TX1-D-
TX1-CLK+
TX1-CLK-
TX1-C+
TX1-C-
TX1-B+
TX1-B-
TX1-A+
TX2-CLK-
TX2-C+
TX2-C-
TX2-B+
TX2-B-
TX2-A+
TX2-A-
TX1-E+
TX1-E-
TX2-E+
TX2-E-
TX2-D+
TX2-D-
TX2-CLK+
TX4-CLK-
TX1-A-TX3-B-
TX3-A+
TX3-A-
TX4-E-
TX4-D+
TX4-D-
TX4-CLK+
TX3-E-
TX3-D+
TX3-D-
TX3-CLK+
TX3-CLK-
TX3-C+
TX3-C-
TX3-B+
TX4-E+
TX4-C+
TX4-C-
TX4-B+
TX4-B-
TX4-A+
TX4-A-
TX3-E+
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 96QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 97

10-4-17 B04C, VDisp

19280_017_120322.eps
120322
VDisp
B04C B04C
2011-12-06
VDisp
4
8204 000 9231
VDISP-SWITCH
9GS1-2
RES
27
2GS5
100n
3GS1
47R
IGS1
T
1GS1
3.0A32V
IGS6
22u
2GS1
RES
6GS1
DBG
LTST-C190KGKT
2JW1
2V0220u
RES
FGS2
+1V1-FD
220u 2V0
2JW2
3GS5
DBG
4K7
RES
100n
2GS2
FGS1
+VDISP
PUMD12
7GS3-2
5
3
4
2
6
1
7GS3-1 PUMD12
3GS6
27K
3GS4
IGS4
47K
3
RES
9GS1-1
1 8
SI4835DDY-GE3
RES
5
6
7
8
4
1
2
+3V3
7GS1
4K7
3GS3
IGS5
IGS3
5
6
3
4
SI3443CDV
1
2
IGS2
7GS2
1u0
2GS4
RES
47R
3GS2
RES
22n
2GS3
+12V
+2V5
RES
RES
IGS7
22K
3GS7
7GS5 PDTC114EU
RES
1
3
2
1
3
2
PDTC114EU
7GS4
RES
9GS2-4
45
9GS2-3
RES
3 6
RES
8
RES
9GS2-2
27
RES
45
9GS2-1
RES
1
3 6
9GS1-4
RES
9GS1-3
LCD-PWR-ONn
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 97QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 98

10-4-18 B04D, Connector - Backlight

19280_018_120322.eps
120322
Connector - Backlight
B04D B04D
2011-12-06
Connector - Backlight
4
8204 000 9231
VIN
VOUT
GND
EN
FLG
EN
10R
IGD2
3GD2
IGD1
FGD5
10p
2GD6
+3V3
FGD6
9GD1
FGDA
T63V1.0A
1GD1
3GD5
10R
FGDG
FGD8
100R
3GD6
2GD3
10p
3 6
FGDB
3GD3-3
100R
2GD2
10p 10p
FGD3
FGD9
2GD12GD4
10p
2GD7
10p
2GD9
10u
3GD1
10R
15
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
16
17
1
10 11 12 13 14
1G53
FH52-15S-0.5SH
1u0
2GD5
FGDE
IGD3
10u
2GD8
2
5
1
FGDC
RT9715EGB
7GD1
4
3
3GD8
10R
330R
3GD7
DBG
6GD1
LTST-C190CKT
DBG
10R
3GD9
FGD4
100R
3GD3-2
27
100R
3GD3-1
1 8
FGD7
BL-SPI-CLK-FUS
BL-SPI-CLK
BL-SPI-SDO-FUS
BL-SPI-SDO
BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL-FUS
BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL
BKLGON-FUS
FGDD
SDA-BL
BL-SPI-CLK
BL-SPI-SDO
BL-DIM
BL-SPI-CS_BL-I-CTRL
SCL-BL
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 98QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 99

10-4-19 B04E, Tuner CVBS Debug

19280_019_120322.eps
120322
Tuner CVBS Debug
B04E B04E
2011-12-06
Tuner CVBS Debug
4
8204 000 9231
IFW5
2FW3
RES
IFW1
33p
100p
2FW5
RES
RES
3FW5
150R
RES
5FW3
1u8
RES
75R
3FW8
150R
3FW7
SERSER
+5V
3
4
470R
3FW4
7FW1-2 BC847BPN(COL)
RES
5
RES
2
6
1
3FW6
10K
RES
7FW1-1 BC847BPN(COL)
RES
RES
10K
3FW3
47u
2FW4
RES
270p
2FW6
DFW2
DFW1
IFW2
IFW3
IFW4
CVBS-OUT1
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 99QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Page 100

10-4-20 B04F, Audio - Video

19280_020_120322.eps
120322
Audio - Video
B04F B04F
2011-12-06
Audio - Video
4
8204 000 9231
+3V3
3VWV
150R
3VWL
33K
3VW4
33K
2VWK
1u0
3VWK
8K2
IVW7
IVW4
IVW3
8K2
3VW5
150R
3VWM
2VWC
1u0
3VW3
8K2
3VWT
150R
150R
3VWS
9VW2
100n
2VW3
8K2
3VW9
2VW1
100n
100n
2VW7
2VW6
100n
3VW7
8K2
100n
2VW5
3VWB
8K2
RES
1u0
2VWJ
3VWN
150R
IVW2
IVW8
8K2
3VWD
RES
IVW5
3VWF
4K7
3VWR
150R
33K
3VW6
1u0
2VWD
2VWA
100n
RES
4K7
3VWG
33K
3VWJ
1u0
2VWF
RES
2VW4
100n
33K
3VWA
9VW6
100n
2VWB
9VW5
2VW8
100n
100n
2VW9
100n
2VW2
9VW1
150R
3VWU
IVW6
3VW8
33K
2VWE
1u0
150R
3VWP
1u0
2VWH RES
RES
33K
3VWE
3VWW
10K
IVW1
8K2
3VWH
RES
9VW4
3VWC
33K
2VWG
1u0
RES
VGA-LIN AL-3
VGA-RIN AR-3
CVBS1
AR-4
AL-4
SC-RIN
SC-LIN
V-SYNC-VGA PCVS
H-SYNC-VGA PCHS
AR-6
AL-6
AUDIO-MUTEn
Y-G3
PB-B3
PR-R3
SC1-G
SC1-B
SC1-R
SC1-STATUS FS1
SC1-BLK FB1
YPBPR-RIN AR-1
YPBPR-LIN AL-1
CVBS
SC1-CVBS CVBS3
G1-VGA Y-G1
B1-VGA PB-B1
R1-VGA PR-R1
Y1-IN Y-G2
PB1-IN PB-B2
PR1-IN PR-R2
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
EN 100QFU2.1E LA 10.
2012-Oct-12
back to
div. table
Loading...